SemaExpr.cpp revision 73f428cf2c5a0847014a3125b7bb8d271aaa7c65
1//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 20#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 23#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 24#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 26#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 29#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 30#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" 31#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 33#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 35#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h" 36#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/Designator.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 42#include "clang/Sema/SemaFixItUtils.h" 43#include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 44#include "TreeTransform.h" 45using namespace clang; 46using namespace sema; 47 48/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, without 49/// emitting diagnostics. 50bool Sema::CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 51 // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing. 52 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) 53 return false; 54 55 // See if this is a deleted function. 56 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 57 if (FD->isDeleted()) 58 return false; 59 } 60 61 // See if this function is unavailable. 62 if (D->getAvailability() == AR_Unavailable && 63 cast<Decl>(CurContext)->getAvailability() != AR_Unavailable) 64 return false; 65 66 return true; 67} 68 69static AvailabilityResult DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(Sema &S, 70 NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 71 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass) { 72 // See if this declaration is unavailable or deprecated. 73 std::string Message; 74 AvailabilityResult Result = D->getAvailability(&Message); 75 if (const EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D)) 76 if (Result == AR_Available) { 77 const DeclContext *DC = ECD->getDeclContext(); 78 if (const EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(DC)) 79 Result = TheEnumDecl->getAvailability(&Message); 80 } 81 82 switch (Result) { 83 case AR_Available: 84 case AR_NotYetIntroduced: 85 break; 86 87 case AR_Deprecated: 88 S.EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Message, Loc, UnknownObjCClass); 89 break; 90 91 case AR_Unavailable: 92 if (S.getCurContextAvailability() != AR_Unavailable) { 93 if (Message.empty()) { 94 if (!UnknownObjCClass) 95 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unavailable) << D->getDeclName(); 96 else 97 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable_fwdclass_message) 98 << D->getDeclName(); 99 } 100 else 101 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unavailable_message) 102 << D->getDeclName() << Message; 103 S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) 104 << isa<FunctionDecl>(D) << false; 105 } 106 break; 107 } 108 return Result; 109} 110 111/// \brief Emit a note explaining that this function is deleted or unavailable. 112void Sema::NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *Decl) { 113 CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl); 114 115 if (Method && Method->isDeleted() && !Method->isDeletedAsWritten()) { 116 // If the method was explicitly defaulted, point at that declaration. 117 if (!Method->isImplicit()) 118 Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_implicitly_deleted); 119 120 // Try to diagnose why this special member function was implicitly 121 // deleted. This might fail, if that reason no longer applies. 122 CXXSpecialMember CSM = getSpecialMember(Method); 123 if (CSM != CXXInvalid) 124 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Method, CSM, /*Diagnose=*/true); 125 126 return; 127 } 128 129 Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) 130 << 1 << Decl->isDeleted(); 131} 132 133/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and 134/// emit any corresponding diagnostics. 135/// 136/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing 137/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example, 138/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being 139/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted 140/// function is being used. 141/// 142/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be 143/// referenced), false otherwise. 144/// 145bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 146 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass) { 147 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 148 // If there were any diagnostics suppressed by template argument deduction, 149 // emit them now. 150 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >::iterator 151 Pos = SuppressedDiagnostics.find(D->getCanonicalDecl()); 152 if (Pos != SuppressedDiagnostics.end()) { 153 SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Suppressed = Pos->second; 154 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Suppressed.size(); I != N; ++I) 155 Diag(Suppressed[I].first, Suppressed[I].second); 156 157 // Clear out the list of suppressed diagnostics, so that we don't emit 158 // them again for this specialization. However, we don't obsolete this 159 // entry from the table, because we want to avoid ever emitting these 160 // diagnostics again. 161 Suppressed.clear(); 162 } 163 } 164 165 // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing. 166 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 167 Diag(Loc, diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer) 168 << D->getDeclName(); 169 return true; 170 } 171 172 // See if this is a deleted function. 173 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 174 if (FD->isDeleted()) { 175 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); 176 NoteDeletedFunction(FD); 177 return true; 178 } 179 } 180 DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(*this, D, Loc, UnknownObjCClass); 181 182 // Warn if this is used but marked unused. 183 if (D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 184 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_used_but_marked_unused) << D->getDeclName(); 185 return false; 186} 187 188/// \brief Retrieve the message suffix that should be added to a 189/// diagnostic complaining about the given function being deleted or 190/// unavailable. 191std::string Sema::getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 192 // FIXME: C++0x implicitly-deleted special member functions could be 193 // detected here so that we could improve diagnostics to say, e.g., 194 // "base class 'A' had a deleted copy constructor". 195 if (FD->isDeleted()) 196 return std::string(); 197 198 std::string Message; 199 if (FD->getAvailability(&Message)) 200 return ": " + Message; 201 202 return std::string(); 203} 204 205/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks whether a call or 206/// message-send is to a declaration with the sentinel attribute, and 207/// if so, it checks that the requirements of the sentinel are 208/// satisfied. 209void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 210 Expr **args, unsigned numArgs) { 211 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(); 212 if (!attr) 213 return; 214 215 // The number of formal parameters of the declaration. 216 unsigned numFormalParams; 217 218 // The kind of declaration. This is also an index into a %select in 219 // the diagnostic. 220 enum CalleeType { CT_Function, CT_Method, CT_Block } calleeType; 221 222 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 223 numFormalParams = MD->param_size(); 224 calleeType = CT_Method; 225 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 226 numFormalParams = FD->param_size(); 227 calleeType = CT_Function; 228 } else if (isa<VarDecl>(D)) { 229 QualType type = cast<ValueDecl>(D)->getType(); 230 const FunctionType *fn = 0; 231 if (const PointerType *ptr = type->getAs<PointerType>()) { 232 fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 233 if (!fn) return; 234 calleeType = CT_Function; 235 } else if (const BlockPointerType *ptr = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { 236 fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 237 calleeType = CT_Block; 238 } else { 239 return; 240 } 241 242 if (const FunctionProtoType *proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(fn)) { 243 numFormalParams = proto->getNumArgs(); 244 } else { 245 numFormalParams = 0; 246 } 247 } else { 248 return; 249 } 250 251 // "nullPos" is the number of formal parameters at the end which 252 // effectively count as part of the variadic arguments. This is 253 // useful if you would prefer to not have *any* formal parameters, 254 // but the language forces you to have at least one. 255 unsigned nullPos = attr->getNullPos(); 256 assert((nullPos == 0 || nullPos == 1) && "invalid null position on sentinel"); 257 numFormalParams = (nullPos > numFormalParams ? 0 : numFormalParams - nullPos); 258 259 // The number of arguments which should follow the sentinel. 260 unsigned numArgsAfterSentinel = attr->getSentinel(); 261 262 // If there aren't enough arguments for all the formal parameters, 263 // the sentinel, and the args after the sentinel, complain. 264 if (numArgs < numFormalParams + numArgsAfterSentinel + 1) { 265 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName(); 266 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << calleeType; 267 return; 268 } 269 270 // Otherwise, find the sentinel expression. 271 Expr *sentinelExpr = args[numArgs - numArgsAfterSentinel - 1]; 272 if (!sentinelExpr) return; 273 if (sentinelExpr->isValueDependent()) return; 274 if (Context.isSentinelNullExpr(sentinelExpr)) return; 275 276 // Pick a reasonable string to insert. Optimistically use 'nil' or 277 // 'NULL' if those are actually defined in the context. Only use 278 // 'nil' for ObjC methods, where it's much more likely that the 279 // variadic arguments form a list of object pointers. 280 SourceLocation MissingNilLoc 281 = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(sentinelExpr->getLocEnd()); 282 std::string NullValue; 283 if (calleeType == CT_Method && 284 PP.getIdentifierInfo("nil")->hasMacroDefinition()) 285 NullValue = "nil"; 286 else if (PP.getIdentifierInfo("NULL")->hasMacroDefinition()) 287 NullValue = "NULL"; 288 else 289 NullValue = "(void*) 0"; 290 291 if (MissingNilLoc.isInvalid()) 292 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << calleeType; 293 else 294 Diag(MissingNilLoc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) 295 << calleeType 296 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(MissingNilLoc, ", " + NullValue); 297 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << calleeType; 298} 299 300SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(Expr *E) const { 301 return E ? E->getSourceRange() : SourceRange(); 302} 303 304//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 305// Standard Promotions and Conversions 306//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 307 308/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4). 309ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E) { 310 // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here. 311 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 312 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 313 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 314 E = result.take(); 315 } 316 317 QualType Ty = E->getType(); 318 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type"); 319 320 if (Ty->isFunctionType()) 321 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty), 322 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).take(); 323 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) { 324 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is 325 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has 326 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer 327 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression 328 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue" 329 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99). 330 // 331 // C++ 4.2p1: 332 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of 333 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T". 334 // 335 if (getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E->isLValue()) 336 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty), 337 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).take(); 338 } 339 return Owned(E); 340} 341 342static void CheckForNullPointerDereference(Sema &S, Expr *E) { 343 // Check to see if we are dereferencing a null pointer. If so, 344 // and if not volatile-qualified, this is undefined behavior that the 345 // optimizer will delete, so warn about it. People sometimes try to use this 346 // to get a deterministic trap and are surprised by clang's behavior. This 347 // only handles the pattern "*null", which is a very syntactic check. 348 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) 349 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref && 350 UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenCasts()-> 351 isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) && 352 !UO->getType().isVolatileQualified()) { 353 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO, 354 S.PDiag(diag::warn_indirection_through_null) 355 << UO->getSubExpr()->getSourceRange()); 356 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO, 357 S.PDiag(diag::note_indirection_through_null)); 358 } 359} 360 361ExprResult Sema::DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E) { 362 // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here. 363 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 364 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 365 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 366 E = result.take(); 367 } 368 369 // C++ [conv.lval]p1: 370 // A glvalue of a non-function, non-array type T can be 371 // converted to a prvalue. 372 if (!E->isGLValue()) return Owned(E); 373 374 QualType T = E->getType(); 375 assert(!T.isNull() && "r-value conversion on typeless expression?"); 376 377 // We can't do lvalue-to-rvalue on atomics yet. 378 if (T->isAtomicType()) 379 return Owned(E); 380 381 // We don't want to throw lvalue-to-rvalue casts on top of 382 // expressions of certain types in C++. 383 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 384 (E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy || 385 T->isDependentType() || 386 T->isRecordType())) 387 return Owned(E); 388 389 // The C standard is actually really unclear on this point, and 390 // DR106 tells us what the result should be but not why. It's 391 // generally best to say that void types just doesn't undergo 392 // lvalue-to-rvalue at all. Note that expressions of unqualified 393 // 'void' type are never l-values, but qualified void can be. 394 if (T->isVoidType()) 395 return Owned(E); 396 397 CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, E); 398 399 // C++ [conv.lval]p1: 400 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the prvalue is the 401 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the 402 // rvalue is T. 403 // 404 // C99 6.3.2.1p2: 405 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified 406 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the 407 // type of the lvalue. 408 if (T.hasQualifiers()) 409 T = T.getUnqualifiedType(); 410 411 UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(E); 412 413 ExprResult Res = Owned(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_LValueToRValue, 414 E, 0, VK_RValue)); 415 416 return Res; 417} 418 419ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E) { 420 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E); 421 if (Res.isInvalid()) 422 return ExprError(); 423 Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.take()); 424 if (Res.isInvalid()) 425 return ExprError(); 426 return move(Res); 427} 428 429 430/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most 431/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are 432/// sometimes suppressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't 433/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators. 434/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called. 435ExprResult Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E) { 436 // First, convert to an r-value. 437 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); 438 if (Res.isInvalid()) 439 return Owned(E); 440 E = Res.take(); 441 442 QualType Ty = E->getType(); 443 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type"); 444 445 // Half FP is a bit different: it's a storage-only type, meaning that any 446 // "use" of it should be promoted to float. 447 if (Ty->isHalfType()) 448 return ImpCastExprToType(Res.take(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast); 449 450 // Try to perform integral promotions if the object has a theoretically 451 // promotable type. 452 if (Ty->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) { 453 // C99 6.3.1.1p2: 454 // 455 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or 456 // unsigned int may be used: 457 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer 458 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int 459 // and unsigned int. 460 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int. 461 // 462 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the 463 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an 464 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All 465 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions. 466 467 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(E); 468 if (!PTy.isNull()) { 469 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 470 return Owned(E); 471 } 472 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) { 473 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty); 474 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PT, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 475 return Owned(E); 476 } 477 } 478 return Owned(E); 479} 480 481/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 482/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to 483/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions(). 484ExprResult Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E) { 485 QualType Ty = E->getType(); 486 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type"); 487 488 ExprResult Res = UsualUnaryConversions(E); 489 if (Res.isInvalid()) 490 return Owned(E); 491 E = Res.take(); 492 493 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double. 494 if (Ty->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) 495 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.DoubleTy, CK_FloatingCast).take(); 496 497 // C++ performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion as a default argument 498 // promotion, even on class types, but note: 499 // C++11 [conv.lval]p2: 500 // When an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion occurs in an unevaluated 501 // operand or a subexpression thereof the value contained in the 502 // referenced object is not accessed. Otherwise, if the glvalue 503 // has a class type, the conversion copy-initializes a temporary 504 // of type T from the glvalue and the result of the conversion 505 // is a prvalue for the temporary. 506 // FIXME: add some way to gate this entire thing for correctness in 507 // potentially potentially evaluated contexts. 508 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->isGLValue() && 509 ExprEvalContexts.back().Context != Unevaluated) { 510 ExprResult Temp = PerformCopyInitialization( 511 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(E->getType()), 512 E->getExprLoc(), 513 Owned(E)); 514 if (Temp.isInvalid()) 515 return ExprError(); 516 E = Temp.get(); 517 } 518 519 return Owned(E); 520} 521 522/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 523/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC 524/// interfaces passed by value. 525ExprResult Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 526 FunctionDecl *FDecl) { 527 if (const BuiltinType *PlaceholderTy = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { 528 // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable. 529 if (PlaceholderTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast && 530 (CT == VariadicMethod || 531 (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>()))) { 532 E = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E); 533 534 // Otherwise, do normal placeholder checking. 535 } else { 536 ExprResult ExprRes = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 537 if (ExprRes.isInvalid()) 538 return ExprError(); 539 E = ExprRes.take(); 540 } 541 } 542 543 ExprResult ExprRes = DefaultArgumentPromotion(E); 544 if (ExprRes.isInvalid()) 545 return ExprError(); 546 E = ExprRes.take(); 547 548 // Don't allow one to pass an Objective-C interface to a vararg. 549 if (E->getType()->isObjCObjectType() && 550 DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getLocStart(), 0, 551 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg) 552 << E->getType() << CT)) 553 return ExprError(); 554 555 // Complain about passing non-POD types through varargs. However, don't 556 // perform this check for incomplete types, which we can get here when we're 557 // in an unevaluated context. 558 if (!E->getType()->isIncompleteType() && !E->getType().isPODType(Context)) { 559 // C++0x [expr.call]p7: 560 // Passing a potentially-evaluated argument of class type (Clause 9) 561 // having a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial move constructor, 562 // or a non-trivial destructor, with no corresponding parameter, 563 // is conditionally-supported with implementation-defined semantics. 564 bool TrivialEnough = false; 565 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && !E->getType()->isDependentType()) { 566 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = E->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 567 if (Record->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 568 Record->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && 569 Record->hasTrivialDestructor()) { 570 DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getLocStart(), 0, 571 PDiag(diag::warn_cxx98_compat_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) 572 << E->getType() << CT); 573 TrivialEnough = true; 574 } 575 } 576 } 577 578 if (!TrivialEnough && 579 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 580 E->getType()->isObjCLifetimeType()) 581 TrivialEnough = true; 582 583 if (TrivialEnough) { 584 // Nothing to diagnose. This is okay. 585 } else if (DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getLocStart(), 0, 586 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) 587 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x << E->getType() 588 << CT)) { 589 // Turn this into a trap. 590 CXXScopeSpec SS; 591 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc; 592 UnqualifiedId Name; 593 Name.setIdentifier(PP.getIdentifierInfo("__builtin_trap"), 594 E->getLocStart()); 595 ExprResult TrapFn = ActOnIdExpression(TUScope, SS, TemplateKWLoc, Name, 596 true, false); 597 if (TrapFn.isInvalid()) 598 return ExprError(); 599 600 ExprResult Call = ActOnCallExpr(TUScope, TrapFn.get(), E->getLocStart(), 601 MultiExprArg(), E->getLocEnd()); 602 if (Call.isInvalid()) 603 return ExprError(); 604 605 ExprResult Comma = ActOnBinOp(TUScope, E->getLocStart(), tok::comma, 606 Call.get(), E); 607 if (Comma.isInvalid()) 608 return ExprError(); 609 E = Comma.get(); 610 } 611 } 612 // c++ rules are enforced elsewhere. 613 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 614 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), 615 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)) 616 return ExprError(); 617 618 return Owned(E); 619} 620 621/// \brief Converts an integer to complex float type. Helper function of 622/// UsualArithmeticConversions() 623/// 624/// \return false if the integer expression is an integer type and is 625/// successfully converted to the complex type. 626static bool handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &IntExpr, 627 ExprResult &ComplexExpr, 628 QualType IntTy, 629 QualType ComplexTy, 630 bool SkipCast) { 631 if (IntTy->isComplexType() || IntTy->isRealFloatingType()) return true; 632 if (SkipCast) return false; 633 if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) { 634 QualType fpTy = cast<ComplexType>(ComplexTy)->getElementType(); 635 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.take(), fpTy, CK_IntegralToFloating); 636 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.take(), ComplexTy, 637 CK_FloatingRealToComplex); 638 } else { 639 assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType()); 640 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.take(), ComplexTy, 641 CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex); 642 } 643 return false; 644} 645 646/// \brief Takes two complex float types and converts them to the same type. 647/// Helper function of UsualArithmeticConversions() 648static QualType 649handleComplexFloatToComplexFloatConverstion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, 650 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType, 651 QualType RHSType, 652 bool IsCompAssign) { 653 int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType); 654 655 if (order < 0) { 656 // _Complex float -> _Complex double 657 if (!IsCompAssign) 658 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_FloatingComplexCast); 659 return RHSType; 660 } 661 if (order > 0) 662 // _Complex float -> _Complex double 663 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_FloatingComplexCast); 664 return LHSType; 665} 666 667/// \brief Converts otherExpr to complex float and promotes complexExpr if 668/// necessary. Helper function of UsualArithmeticConversions() 669static QualType handleOtherComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, 670 ExprResult &ComplexExpr, 671 ExprResult &OtherExpr, 672 QualType ComplexTy, 673 QualType OtherTy, 674 bool ConvertComplexExpr, 675 bool ConvertOtherExpr) { 676 int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(ComplexTy, OtherTy); 677 678 // If just the complexExpr is complex, the otherExpr needs to be converted, 679 // and the complexExpr might need to be promoted. 680 if (order > 0) { // complexExpr is wider 681 // float -> _Complex double 682 if (ConvertOtherExpr) { 683 QualType fp = cast<ComplexType>(ComplexTy)->getElementType(); 684 OtherExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(OtherExpr.take(), fp, CK_FloatingCast); 685 OtherExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(OtherExpr.take(), ComplexTy, 686 CK_FloatingRealToComplex); 687 } 688 return ComplexTy; 689 } 690 691 // otherTy is at least as wide. Find its corresponding complex type. 692 QualType result = (order == 0 ? ComplexTy : 693 S.Context.getComplexType(OtherTy)); 694 695 // double -> _Complex double 696 if (ConvertOtherExpr) 697 OtherExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(OtherExpr.take(), result, 698 CK_FloatingRealToComplex); 699 700 // _Complex float -> _Complex double 701 if (ConvertComplexExpr && order < 0) 702 ComplexExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(ComplexExpr.take(), result, 703 CK_FloatingComplexCast); 704 705 return result; 706} 707 708/// \brief Handle arithmetic conversion with complex types. Helper function of 709/// UsualArithmeticConversions() 710static QualType handleComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, 711 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType, 712 QualType RHSType, 713 bool IsCompAssign) { 714 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type. 715 if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType, 716 /*skipCast*/false)) 717 return LHSType; 718 if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, 719 /*skipCast*/IsCompAssign)) 720 return RHSType; 721 722 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex. 723 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the 724 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds 725 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands. 726 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains. 727 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real 728 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's 729 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example, 730 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the 731 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex". 732 733 bool LHSComplexFloat = LHSType->isComplexType(); 734 bool RHSComplexFloat = RHSType->isComplexType(); 735 736 // If both are complex, just cast to the more precise type. 737 if (LHSComplexFloat && RHSComplexFloat) 738 return handleComplexFloatToComplexFloatConverstion(S, LHS, RHS, 739 LHSType, RHSType, 740 IsCompAssign); 741 742 // If only one operand is complex, promote it if necessary and convert the 743 // other operand to complex. 744 if (LHSComplexFloat) 745 return handleOtherComplexFloatConversion( 746 S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, /*convertComplexExpr*/!IsCompAssign, 747 /*convertOtherExpr*/ true); 748 749 assert(RHSComplexFloat); 750 return handleOtherComplexFloatConversion( 751 S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType, /*convertComplexExpr*/true, 752 /*convertOtherExpr*/ !IsCompAssign); 753} 754 755/// \brief Hande arithmetic conversion from integer to float. Helper function 756/// of UsualArithmeticConversions() 757static QualType handleIntToFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &FloatExpr, 758 ExprResult &IntExpr, 759 QualType FloatTy, QualType IntTy, 760 bool ConvertFloat, bool ConvertInt) { 761 if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) { 762 if (ConvertInt) 763 // Convert intExpr to the lhs floating point type. 764 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.take(), FloatTy, 765 CK_IntegralToFloating); 766 return FloatTy; 767 } 768 769 // Convert both sides to the appropriate complex float. 770 assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType()); 771 QualType result = S.Context.getComplexType(FloatTy); 772 773 // _Complex int -> _Complex float 774 if (ConvertInt) 775 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.take(), result, 776 CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex); 777 778 // float -> _Complex float 779 if (ConvertFloat) 780 FloatExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(FloatExpr.take(), result, 781 CK_FloatingRealToComplex); 782 783 return result; 784} 785 786/// \brief Handle arithmethic conversion with floating point types. Helper 787/// function of UsualArithmeticConversions() 788static QualType handleFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, 789 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType, 790 QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) { 791 bool LHSFloat = LHSType->isRealFloatingType(); 792 bool RHSFloat = RHSType->isRealFloatingType(); 793 794 // If we have two real floating types, convert the smaller operand 795 // to the bigger result. 796 if (LHSFloat && RHSFloat) { 797 int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType); 798 if (order > 0) { 799 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_FloatingCast); 800 return LHSType; 801 } 802 803 assert(order < 0 && "illegal float comparison"); 804 if (!IsCompAssign) 805 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_FloatingCast); 806 return RHSType; 807 } 808 809 if (LHSFloat) 810 return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, 811 /*convertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign, 812 /*convertInt=*/ true); 813 assert(RHSFloat); 814 return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType, 815 /*convertInt=*/ true, 816 /*convertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign); 817} 818 819/// \brief Handle conversions with GCC complex int extension. Helper function 820/// of UsualArithmeticConversions() 821// FIXME: if the operands are (int, _Complex long), we currently 822// don't promote the complex. Also, signedness? 823static QualType handleComplexIntConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, 824 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType, 825 QualType RHSType, 826 bool IsCompAssign) { 827 const ComplexType *LHSComplexInt = LHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType(); 828 const ComplexType *RHSComplexInt = RHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType(); 829 830 if (LHSComplexInt && RHSComplexInt) { 831 int order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(LHSComplexInt->getElementType(), 832 RHSComplexInt->getElementType()); 833 assert(order && "inequal types with equal element ordering"); 834 if (order > 0) { 835 // _Complex int -> _Complex long 836 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_IntegralComplexCast); 837 return LHSType; 838 } 839 840 if (!IsCompAssign) 841 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_IntegralComplexCast); 842 return RHSType; 843 } 844 845 if (LHSComplexInt) { 846 // int -> _Complex int 847 // FIXME: This needs to take integer ranks into account 848 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSComplexInt->getElementType(), 849 CK_IntegralCast); 850 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_IntegralRealToComplex); 851 return LHSType; 852 } 853 854 assert(RHSComplexInt); 855 // int -> _Complex int 856 // FIXME: This needs to take integer ranks into account 857 if (!IsCompAssign) { 858 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSComplexInt->getElementType(), 859 CK_IntegralCast); 860 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_IntegralRealToComplex); 861 } 862 return RHSType; 863} 864 865/// \brief Handle integer arithmetic conversions. Helper function of 866/// UsualArithmeticConversions() 867static QualType handleIntegerConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, 868 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType, 869 QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) { 870 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8 871 int order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType); 872 bool LHSSigned = LHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(); 873 bool RHSSigned = RHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(); 874 if (LHSSigned == RHSSigned) { 875 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type 876 if (order >= 0) { 877 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_IntegralCast); 878 return LHSType; 879 } else if (!IsCompAssign) 880 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_IntegralCast); 881 return RHSType; 882 } else if (order != (LHSSigned ? 1 : -1)) { 883 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the 884 // signed type, so use the unsigned type 885 if (RHSSigned) { 886 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_IntegralCast); 887 return LHSType; 888 } else if (!IsCompAssign) 889 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_IntegralCast); 890 return RHSType; 891 } else if (S.Context.getIntWidth(LHSType) != S.Context.getIntWidth(RHSType)) { 892 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that 893 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so 894 // use the signed type. 895 if (LHSSigned) { 896 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_IntegralCast); 897 return LHSType; 898 } else if (!IsCompAssign) 899 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_IntegralCast); 900 return RHSType; 901 } else { 902 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type, 903 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long 904 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding 905 // to the signed type. 906 QualType result = 907 S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(LHSSigned ? LHSType : RHSType); 908 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), result, CK_IntegralCast); 909 if (!IsCompAssign) 910 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), result, CK_IntegralCast); 911 return result; 912 } 913} 914 915/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to 916/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 917/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 918/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 919/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with 920/// GCC. 921QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 922 bool IsCompAssign) { 923 if (!IsCompAssign) { 924 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.take()); 925 if (LHS.isInvalid()) 926 return QualType(); 927 } 928 929 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.take()); 930 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 931 return QualType(); 932 933 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. 934 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. 935 QualType LHSType = 936 Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); 937 QualType RHSType = 938 Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); 939 940 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed. 941 if (LHSType == RHSType) 942 return LHSType; 943 944 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done. 945 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int). 946 if (!LHSType->isArithmeticType() || !RHSType->isArithmeticType()) 947 return LHSType; 948 949 // Apply unary and bitfield promotions to the LHS's type. 950 QualType LHSUnpromotedType = LHSType; 951 if (LHSType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 952 LHSType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSType); 953 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get()); 954 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull()) 955 LHSType = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy; 956 if (LHSType != LHSUnpromotedType && !IsCompAssign) 957 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), LHSType, CK_IntegralCast); 958 959 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed. 960 if (LHSType == RHSType) 961 return LHSType; 962 963 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types. 964 965 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1). 966 if (LHSType->isComplexType() || RHSType->isComplexType()) 967 return handleComplexFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, 968 IsCompAssign); 969 970 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double). 971 if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) 972 return handleFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, 973 IsCompAssign); 974 975 // Handle GCC complex int extension. 976 if (LHSType->isComplexIntegerType() || RHSType->isComplexIntegerType()) 977 return handleComplexIntConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, 978 IsCompAssign); 979 980 // Finally, we have two differing integer types. 981 return handleIntegerConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, 982 IsCompAssign); 983} 984 985//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 986// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types 987//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 988 989 990ExprResult 991Sema::ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 992 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 993 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 994 Expr *ControllingExpr, 995 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 996 MultiExprArg ArgExprs) { 997 unsigned NumAssocs = ArgTypes.size(); 998 assert(NumAssocs == ArgExprs.size()); 999 1000 ParsedType *ParsedTypes = ArgTypes.release(); 1001 Expr **Exprs = ArgExprs.release(); 1002 1003 TypeSourceInfo **Types = new TypeSourceInfo*[NumAssocs]; 1004 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) { 1005 if (ParsedTypes[i]) 1006 (void) GetTypeFromParser(ParsedTypes[i], &Types[i]); 1007 else 1008 Types[i] = 0; 1009 } 1010 1011 ExprResult ER = CreateGenericSelectionExpr(KeyLoc, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc, 1012 ControllingExpr, Types, Exprs, 1013 NumAssocs); 1014 delete [] Types; 1015 return ER; 1016} 1017 1018ExprResult 1019Sema::CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 1020 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 1021 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 1022 Expr *ControllingExpr, 1023 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 1024 Expr **Exprs, 1025 unsigned NumAssocs) { 1026 bool TypeErrorFound = false, 1027 IsResultDependent = ControllingExpr->isTypeDependent(), 1028 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack 1029 = ControllingExpr->containsUnexpandedParameterPack(); 1030 1031 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) { 1032 if (Exprs[i]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) 1033 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true; 1034 1035 if (Types[i]) { 1036 if (Types[i]->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) 1037 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true; 1038 1039 if (Types[i]->getType()->isDependentType()) { 1040 IsResultDependent = true; 1041 } else { 1042 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The type name in a generic association shall specify a 1043 // complete object type other than a variably modified type." 1044 unsigned D = 0; 1045 if (Types[i]->getType()->isIncompleteType()) 1046 D = diag::err_assoc_type_incomplete; 1047 else if (!Types[i]->getType()->isObjectType()) 1048 D = diag::err_assoc_type_nonobject; 1049 else if (Types[i]->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 1050 D = diag::err_assoc_type_variably_modified; 1051 1052 if (D != 0) { 1053 Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), D) 1054 << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() 1055 << Types[i]->getType(); 1056 TypeErrorFound = true; 1057 } 1058 1059 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "No two generic associations in the same generic 1060 // selection shall specify compatible types." 1061 for (unsigned j = i+1; j < NumAssocs; ++j) 1062 if (Types[j] && !Types[j]->getType()->isDependentType() && 1063 Context.typesAreCompatible(Types[i]->getType(), 1064 Types[j]->getType())) { 1065 Diag(Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 1066 diag::err_assoc_compatible_types) 1067 << Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() 1068 << Types[j]->getType() 1069 << Types[i]->getType(); 1070 Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 1071 diag::note_compat_assoc) 1072 << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() 1073 << Types[i]->getType(); 1074 TypeErrorFound = true; 1075 } 1076 } 1077 } 1078 } 1079 if (TypeErrorFound) 1080 return ExprError(); 1081 1082 // If we determined that the generic selection is result-dependent, don't 1083 // try to compute the result expression. 1084 if (IsResultDependent) 1085 return Owned(new (Context) GenericSelectionExpr( 1086 Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, 1087 Types, Exprs, NumAssocs, DefaultLoc, 1088 RParenLoc, ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack)); 1089 1090 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> CompatIndices; 1091 unsigned DefaultIndex = -1U; 1092 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) { 1093 if (!Types[i]) 1094 DefaultIndex = i; 1095 else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(ControllingExpr->getType(), 1096 Types[i]->getType())) 1097 CompatIndices.push_back(i); 1098 } 1099 1100 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The controlling expression of a generic selection shall have 1101 // type compatible with at most one of the types named in its generic 1102 // association list." 1103 if (CompatIndices.size() > 1) { 1104 // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically 1105 // parenthesized in macro definitions. 1106 ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens(); 1107 Diag(ControllingExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_generic_sel_multi_match) 1108 << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType() 1109 << (unsigned) CompatIndices.size(); 1110 for (SmallVector<unsigned, 1>::iterator I = CompatIndices.begin(), 1111 E = CompatIndices.end(); I != E; ++I) { 1112 Diag(Types[*I]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 1113 diag::note_compat_assoc) 1114 << Types[*I]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() 1115 << Types[*I]->getType(); 1116 } 1117 return ExprError(); 1118 } 1119 1120 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "If a generic selection has no default generic association, 1121 // its controlling expression shall have type compatible with exactly one of 1122 // the types named in its generic association list." 1123 if (DefaultIndex == -1U && CompatIndices.size() == 0) { 1124 // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically 1125 // parenthesized in macro definitions. 1126 ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens(); 1127 Diag(ControllingExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_generic_sel_no_match) 1128 << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType(); 1129 return ExprError(); 1130 } 1131 1132 // C11 6.5.1.1p3 "If a generic selection has a generic association with a 1133 // type name that is compatible with the type of the controlling expression, 1134 // then the result expression of the generic selection is the expression 1135 // in that generic association. Otherwise, the result expression of the 1136 // generic selection is the expression in the default generic association." 1137 unsigned ResultIndex = 1138 CompatIndices.size() ? CompatIndices[0] : DefaultIndex; 1139 1140 return Owned(new (Context) GenericSelectionExpr( 1141 Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, 1142 Types, Exprs, NumAssocs, DefaultLoc, 1143 RParenLoc, ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, 1144 ResultIndex)); 1145} 1146 1147/// getUDSuffixLoc - Create a SourceLocation for a ud-suffix, given the 1148/// location of the token and the offset of the ud-suffix within it. 1149static SourceLocation getUDSuffixLoc(Sema &S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 1150 unsigned Offset) { 1151 return Lexer::AdvanceToTokenCharacter(TokLoc, Offset, S.getSourceManager(), 1152 S.getLangOpts()); 1153} 1154 1155/// BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall - A user-defined literal was found. Look up 1156/// the corresponding cooked (non-raw) literal operator, and build a call to it. 1157static ExprResult BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(Sema &S, Scope *Scope, 1158 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix, 1159 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc, 1160 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 1161 SourceLocation LitEndLoc) { 1162 assert(Args.size() <= 2 && "too many arguments for literal operator"); 1163 1164 QualType ArgTy[2]; 1165 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) { 1166 ArgTy[ArgIdx] = Args[ArgIdx]->getType(); 1167 if (ArgTy[ArgIdx]->isArrayType()) 1168 ArgTy[ArgIdx] = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(ArgTy[ArgIdx]); 1169 } 1170 1171 DeclarationName OpName = 1172 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix); 1173 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc); 1174 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc); 1175 1176 LookupResult R(S, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 1177 if (S.LookupLiteralOperator(Scope, R, llvm::makeArrayRef(ArgTy, Args.size()), 1178 /*AllowRawAndTemplate*/false) == Sema::LOLR_Error) 1179 return ExprError(); 1180 1181 return S.BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, LitEndLoc); 1182} 1183 1184/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 1185/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string 1186/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from 1187/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one 1188/// string. 1189/// 1190ExprResult 1191Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 1192 Scope *UDLScope) { 1193 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!"); 1194 1195 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP); 1196 if (Literal.hadError) 1197 return ExprError(); 1198 1199 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs; 1200 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i) 1201 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation()); 1202 1203 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy; 1204 if (Literal.isWide()) 1205 StrTy = Context.getWCharType(); 1206 else if (Literal.isUTF16()) 1207 StrTy = Context.Char16Ty; 1208 else if (Literal.isUTF32()) 1209 StrTy = Context.Char32Ty; 1210 else if (Literal.isPascal()) 1211 StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 1212 1213 StringLiteral::StringKind Kind = StringLiteral::Ascii; 1214 if (Literal.isWide()) 1215 Kind = StringLiteral::Wide; 1216 else if (Literal.isUTF8()) 1217 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF8; 1218 else if (Literal.isUTF16()) 1219 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF16; 1220 else if (Literal.isUTF32()) 1221 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF32; 1222 1223 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1). 1224 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || getLangOpts().ConstStrings) 1225 StrTy.addConst(); 1226 1227 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes 1228 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal 1229 // strings. 1230 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy, 1231 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1), 1232 ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1233 1234 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory! 1235 StringLiteral *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(), 1236 Kind, Literal.Pascal, StrTy, 1237 &StringTokLocs[0], 1238 StringTokLocs.size()); 1239 if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty()) 1240 return Owned(Lit); 1241 1242 // We're building a user-defined literal. 1243 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix()); 1244 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = 1245 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, StringTokLocs[Literal.getUDSuffixToken()], 1246 Literal.getUDSuffixOffset()); 1247 1248 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here. 1249 if (!UDLScope) 1250 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_string_udl)); 1251 1252 // C++11 [lex.ext]p5: The literal L is treated as a call of the form 1253 // operator "" X (str, len) 1254 QualType SizeType = Context.getSizeType(); 1255 llvm::APInt Len(Context.getIntWidth(SizeType), Literal.GetNumStringChars()); 1256 IntegerLiteral *LenArg = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Len, SizeType, 1257 StringTokLocs[0]); 1258 Expr *Args[] = { Lit, LenArg }; 1259 return BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(*this, UDLScope, UDSuffix, UDSuffixLoc, 1260 Args, StringTokLocs.back()); 1261} 1262 1263ExprResult 1264Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, 1265 SourceLocation Loc, 1266 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { 1267 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(D->getDeclName(), Loc); 1268 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, VK, NameInfo, SS); 1269} 1270 1271/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build an expression that references a 1272/// declaration that does not require a closure capture. 1273ExprResult 1274Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, 1275 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 1276 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { 1277 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 1278 if (const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) 1279 if (const FunctionDecl *Callee = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1280 CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 1281 CalleeTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee); 1282 if (CheckCUDATarget(CallerTarget, CalleeTarget)) { 1283 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_ref_bad_target) 1284 << CalleeTarget << D->getIdentifier() << CallerTarget; 1285 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1286 << D->getIdentifier(); 1287 return ExprError(); 1288 } 1289 } 1290 1291 bool refersToEnclosingScope = 1292 (CurContext != D->getDeclContext() && 1293 D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 1294 1295 DeclRefExpr *E = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, 1296 SS ? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context) 1297 : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), 1298 SourceLocation(), 1299 D, refersToEnclosingScope, 1300 NameInfo, Ty, VK); 1301 1302 MarkDeclRefReferenced(E); 1303 1304 // Just in case we're building an illegal pointer-to-member. 1305 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D); 1306 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 1307 E->setObjectKind(OK_BitField); 1308 1309 return Owned(E); 1310} 1311 1312/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationNameInfo, its location, and 1313/// possibly a list of template arguments. 1314/// 1315/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call 1316/// DecomposeTemplateName. 1317/// 1318/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for 1319/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in 1320/// some way. 1321void 1322Sema::DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 1323 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 1324 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 1325 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) { 1326 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 1327 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 1328 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 1329 1330 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 1331 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 1332 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs); 1333 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer); 1334 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 1335 1336 TemplateName TName = Id.TemplateId->Template.get(); 1337 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 1338 NameInfo = Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 1339 TemplateArgs = &Buffer; 1340 } else { 1341 NameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id); 1342 TemplateArgs = 0; 1343 } 1344} 1345 1346/// Diagnose an empty lookup. 1347/// 1348/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found 1349bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 1350 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 1351 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1352 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { 1353 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 1354 1355 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use; 1356 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 1357 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName || 1358 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName || 1359 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 1360 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use; 1361 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest; 1362 } 1363 1364 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an 1365 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the 1366 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a 1367 // dependent name. 1368 DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty() ? CurContext : 0; 1369 while (DC) { 1370 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 1371 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); 1372 1373 if (!R.empty()) { 1374 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup. 1375 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 1376 1377 // During a default argument instantiation the CurContext points 1378 // to a CXXMethodDecl; but we can't apply a this-> fixit inside a 1379 // function parameter list, hence add an explicit check. 1380 bool isDefaultArgument = !ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 1381 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.back().Kind == 1382 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation; 1383 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext); 1384 bool isInstance = CurMethod && 1385 CurMethod->isInstance() && 1386 DC == CurMethod->getParent() && !isDefaultArgument; 1387 1388 1389 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'. 1390 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases. 1391 // Actually quite difficult! 1392 if (isInstance) { 1393 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>( 1394 CallsUndergoingInstantiation.back()->getCallee()); 1395 CXXMethodDecl *DepMethod = cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>( 1396 CurMethod->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()); 1397 if (DepMethod) { 1398 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 1399 diagnostic = diag::warn_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup; 1400 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name 1401 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->"); 1402 QualType DepThisType = DepMethod->getThisType(Context); 1403 CheckCXXThisCapture(R.getNameLoc()); 1404 CXXThisExpr *DepThis = new (Context) CXXThisExpr( 1405 R.getNameLoc(), DepThisType, false); 1406 TemplateArgumentListInfo TList; 1407 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) 1408 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TList); 1409 1410 CXXScopeSpec SS; 1411 SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc()); 1412 CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *DepExpr = 1413 CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create( 1414 Context, DepThis, DepThisType, true, SourceLocation(), 1415 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 1416 ULE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), 0, 1417 R.getLookupNameInfo(), 1418 ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() ? &TList : 0); 1419 CallsUndergoingInstantiation.back()->setCallee(DepExpr); 1420 } else { 1421 // FIXME: we should be able to handle this case too. It is correct 1422 // to add this-> here. This is a workaround for PR7947. 1423 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name; 1424 } 1425 } else { 1426 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 1427 diagnostic = diag::warn_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup; 1428 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name; 1429 } 1430 1431 // Do we really want to note all of these? 1432 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) 1433 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use); 1434 1435 // Return true if we are inside a default argument instantiation 1436 // and the found name refers to an instance member function, otherwise 1437 // the function calling DiagnoseEmptyLookup will try to create an 1438 // implicit member call and this is wrong for default argument. 1439 if (isDefaultArgument && ((*R.begin())->isCXXInstanceMember())) { 1440 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_member_call_without_object); 1441 return true; 1442 } 1443 1444 // Tell the callee to try to recover. 1445 return false; 1446 } 1447 1448 R.clear(); 1449 } 1450 1451 // In Microsoft mode, if we are performing lookup from within a friend 1452 // function definition declared at class scope then we must set 1453 // DC to the lexical parent to be able to search into the parent 1454 // class. 1455 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && 1456 cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)->getFriendObjectKind() && 1457 DC->getLexicalParent()->isRecord()) 1458 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1459 else 1460 DC = DC->getParent(); 1461 } 1462 1463 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo. 1464 TypoCorrection Corrected; 1465 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(), 1466 S, &SS, CCC))) { 1467 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 1468 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 1469 R.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 1470 1471 if (NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl()) { 1472 if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) { 1473 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(R.getNameLoc()); 1474 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 1475 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CD = Corrected.begin(), 1476 CDEnd = Corrected.end(); 1477 CD != CDEnd; ++CD) { 1478 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = 1479 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*CD)) 1480 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( 1481 FTD, DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, AS_none), ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1482 Args, OCS); 1483 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CD)) 1484 if (!ExplicitTemplateArgs || ExplicitTemplateArgs->size() == 0) 1485 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none), 1486 Args, OCS); 1487 } 1488 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) { 1489 case OR_Success: 1490 ND = Best->Function; 1491 break; 1492 default: 1493 break; 1494 } 1495 } 1496 R.addDecl(ND); 1497 if (isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) { 1498 if (SS.isEmpty()) 1499 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 1500 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(), CorrectedStr); 1501 else 1502 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest) 1503 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 1504 << SS.getRange() 1505 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(), CorrectedStr); 1506 if (ND) 1507 Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1508 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 1509 1510 // Tell the callee to try to recover. 1511 return false; 1512 } 1513 1514 if (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) { 1515 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or 1516 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser 1517 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo 1518 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going 1519 // to recover well anyway. 1520 if (SS.isEmpty()) 1521 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) 1522 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr; 1523 else 1524 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest) 1525 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 1526 << SS.getRange(); 1527 1528 // Don't try to recover; it won't work. 1529 return true; 1530 } 1531 } else { 1532 // FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it 1533 // because we aren't able to recover. 1534 if (SS.isEmpty()) 1535 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr; 1536 else 1537 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest) 1538 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 1539 << SS.getRange(); 1540 return true; 1541 } 1542 } 1543 R.clear(); 1544 1545 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups. 1546 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?) 1547 if (!SS.isEmpty()) { 1548 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 1549 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 1550 << SS.getRange(); 1551 return true; 1552 } 1553 1554 // Give up, we can't recover. 1555 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name; 1556 return true; 1557} 1558 1559ExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, 1560 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1561 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 1562 UnqualifiedId &Id, 1563 bool HasTrailingLParen, 1564 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1565 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 1566 assert(!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) && 1567 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen"); 1568 1569 if (SS.isInvalid()) 1570 return ExprError(); 1571 1572 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer; 1573 1574 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data. 1575 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 1576 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs; 1577 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Id, TemplateArgsBuffer, NameInfo, TemplateArgs); 1578 1579 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 1580 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 1581 SourceLocation NameLoc = NameInfo.getLoc(); 1582 1583 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3: 1584 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains: 1585 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type, 1586 // (note: handled after lookup) 1587 // -- a template-id that is dependent, 1588 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr) 1589 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type, 1590 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that 1591 // names a dependent type. 1592 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization; 1593 // we need to handle these differently. 1594 bool DependentID = false; 1595 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName && 1596 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) { 1597 DependentID = true; 1598 } else if (SS.isSet()) { 1599 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) { 1600 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 1601 return ExprError(); 1602 } else { 1603 DependentID = true; 1604 } 1605 } 1606 1607 if (DependentID) 1608 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo, 1609 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs); 1610 1611 // Perform the required lookup. 1612 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, 1613 (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam) 1614 ? LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam : LookupOrdinaryName); 1615 if (TemplateArgs) { 1616 // Lookup the template name again to correctly establish the context in 1617 // which it was found. This is really unfortunate as we already did the 1618 // lookup to determine that it was a template name in the first place. If 1619 // this becomes a performance hit, we can work harder to preserve those 1620 // results until we get here but it's likely not worth it. 1621 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 1622 LookupTemplateName(R, S, SS, QualType(), /*EnteringContext=*/false, 1623 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 1624 1625 if (MemberOfUnknownSpecialization || 1626 (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)) 1627 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo, 1628 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs); 1629 } else { 1630 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = II && !SS.isSet() && getCurMethodDecl(); 1631 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp); 1632 1633 // If the result might be in a dependent base class, this is a dependent 1634 // id-expression. 1635 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation) 1636 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo, 1637 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs); 1638 1639 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do 1640 // some special Objective-C lookup, too. 1641 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) { 1642 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true)); 1643 if (E.isInvalid()) 1644 return ExprError(); 1645 1646 if (Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>()) 1647 return Owned(Ex); 1648 } 1649 } 1650 1651 if (R.isAmbiguous()) 1652 return ExprError(); 1653 1654 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for 1655 // argument-dependent lookup. 1656 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen); 1657 1658 if (R.empty() && !ADL) { 1659 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal 1660 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++). 1661 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1662 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S); 1663 if (D) R.addDecl(D); 1664 } 1665 1666 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function 1667 // call, diagnose the problem. 1668 if (R.empty()) { 1669 1670 // In Microsoft mode, if we are inside a template class member function 1671 // and we can't resolve an identifier then assume the identifier is type 1672 // dependent. The goal is to postpone name lookup to instantiation time 1673 // to be able to search into type dependent base classes. 1674 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && CurContext->isDependentContext() && 1675 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) 1676 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo, 1677 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs); 1678 1679 CorrectionCandidateCallback DefaultValidator; 1680 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R, CCC ? *CCC : DefaultValidator)) 1681 return ExprError(); 1682 1683 assert(!R.empty() && 1684 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results"); 1685 1686 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 1687 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 1688 // reference the ivar. 1689 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 1690 R.clear(); 1691 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 1692 // In a hopelessly buggy code, Objective-C instance variable 1693 // lookup fails and no expression will be built to reference it. 1694 if (!E.isInvalid() && !E.get()) 1695 return ExprError(); 1696 return move(E); 1697 } 1698 } 1699 } 1700 1701 // This is guaranteed from this point on. 1702 assert(!R.empty() || ADL); 1703 1704 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access. 1705 // C++ [class.mfct.non-static]p3: 1706 // When an id-expression that is not part of a class member access 1707 // syntax and not used to form a pointer to member is used in the 1708 // body of a non-static member function of class X, if name lookup 1709 // resolves the name in the id-expression to a non-static non-type 1710 // member of some class C, the id-expression is transformed into a 1711 // class member access expression using (*this) as the 1712 // postfix-expression to the left of the . operator. 1713 // 1714 // But we don't actually need to do this for '&' operands if R 1715 // resolved to a function or overloaded function set, because the 1716 // expression is ill-formed if it actually works out to be a 1717 // non-static member function: 1718 // 1719 // C++ [expr.ref]p4: 1720 // Otherwise, if E1.E2 refers to a non-static member function. . . 1721 // [t]he expression can be used only as the left-hand operand of a 1722 // member function call. 1723 // 1724 // There are other safeguards against such uses, but it's important 1725 // to get this right here so that we don't end up making a 1726 // spuriously dependent expression if we're inside a dependent 1727 // instance method. 1728 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) { 1729 bool MightBeImplicitMember; 1730 if (!IsAddressOfOperand) 1731 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 1732 else if (!SS.isEmpty()) 1733 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 1734 else if (R.isOverloadedResult()) 1735 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 1736 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) 1737 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 1738 else 1739 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) || 1740 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()); 1741 1742 if (MightBeImplicitMember) 1743 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, 1744 R, TemplateArgs); 1745 } 1746 1747 if (TemplateArgs || TemplateKWLoc.isValid()) 1748 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, ADL, TemplateArgs); 1749 1750 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL); 1751} 1752 1753/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified 1754/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation. 1755/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along 1756/// this path. 1757ExprResult 1758Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1759 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo) { 1760 DeclContext *DC; 1761 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || DC->isDependentContext()) 1762 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 1763 NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 1764 1765 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 1766 return ExprError(); 1767 1768 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName); 1769 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC); 1770 1771 if (R.isAmbiguous()) 1772 return ExprError(); 1773 1774 if (R.empty()) { 1775 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 1776 << NameInfo.getName() << DC << SS.getRange(); 1777 return ExprError(); 1778 } 1779 1780 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false); 1781} 1782 1783/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has 1784/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some 1785/// additional lookup. 1786/// 1787/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's 1788/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved. 1789/// 1790/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success. 1791ExprResult 1792Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S, 1793 IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) { 1794 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc(); 1795 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 1796 1797 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed, 1798 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have 1799 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e. 1800 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with 1801 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl. 1802 1803 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for 1804 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an 1805 // ivar, that's an error. 1806 bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod(); 1807 1808 bool LookForIvars; 1809 if (Lookup.empty()) 1810 LookForIvars = true; 1811 else if (IsClassMethod) 1812 LookForIvars = false; 1813 else 1814 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() && 1815 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()); 1816 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = 0; 1817 if (LookForIvars) { 1818 IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface(); 1819 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; 1820 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = 0; 1821 if (IFace && (IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared))) { 1822 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method. 1823 if (IsClassMethod) 1824 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method) 1825 << IV->getDeclName()); 1826 1827 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent 1828 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl. 1829 if (IV->isInvalidDecl()) 1830 return ExprError(); 1831 1832 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)). 1833 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc)) 1834 return ExprError(); 1835 1836 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class. 1837 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private && 1838 !declaresSameEntity(ClassDeclared, IFace) && 1839 !getLangOpts().DebuggerSupport) 1840 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName(); 1841 1842 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't 1843 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something. 1844 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self"); 1845 UnqualifiedId SelfName; 1846 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation()); 1847 SelfName.setKind(UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam); 1848 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec; 1849 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc; 1850 ExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec, TemplateKWLoc, 1851 SelfName, false, false); 1852 if (SelfExpr.isInvalid()) 1853 return ExprError(); 1854 1855 SelfExpr = DefaultLvalueConversion(SelfExpr.take()); 1856 if (SelfExpr.isInvalid()) 1857 return ExprError(); 1858 1859 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, IV); 1860 return Owned(new (Context) 1861 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc, 1862 SelfExpr.take(), true, true)); 1863 } 1864 } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) { 1865 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar. 1866 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface()) { 1867 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; 1868 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) { 1869 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private || 1870 declaresSameEntity(IFace, ClassDeclared)) 1871 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName(); 1872 } 1873 } 1874 } else if (Lookup.isSingleResult() && 1875 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) { 1876 // If accessing a stand-alone ivar in a class method, this is an error. 1877 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Lookup.getFoundDecl())) 1878 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method) 1879 << IV->getDeclName()); 1880 } 1881 1882 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) { 1883 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName. 1884 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) { 1885 if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1886 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) { 1887 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID, 1888 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(), 1889 Lookup.getNameLoc()); 1890 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D); 1891 } 1892 } 1893 } 1894 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special. 1895 return Owned((Expr*) 0); 1896} 1897 1898/// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type. 1899/// 1900/// Logically this happens in three phases: 1901/// 1902/// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class. 1903/// The naming class is the class into which we were looking 1904/// when we found the member; it's the qualifier type if a 1905/// qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type. 1906/// 1907/// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class. 1908/// If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by 1909/// a using declaration, this is that class; otherwise it's 1910/// the class declaring the member. 1911/// 1912/// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true" 1913/// declaring class of the member. This conversion does not 1914/// obey access control. 1915ExprResult 1916Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1917 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1918 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1919 NamedDecl *Member) { 1920 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext()); 1921 if (!RD) 1922 return Owned(From); 1923 1924 QualType DestRecordType; 1925 QualType DestType; 1926 QualType FromRecordType; 1927 QualType FromType = From->getType(); 1928 bool PointerConversions = false; 1929 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) { 1930 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD)); 1931 1932 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 1933 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType); 1934 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType(); 1935 PointerConversions = true; 1936 } else { 1937 DestType = DestRecordType; 1938 FromRecordType = FromType; 1939 } 1940 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) { 1941 if (Method->isStatic()) 1942 return Owned(From); 1943 1944 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context); 1945 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType(); 1946 1947 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 1948 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType(); 1949 PointerConversions = true; 1950 } else { 1951 FromRecordType = FromType; 1952 DestType = DestRecordType; 1953 } 1954 } else { 1955 // No conversion necessary. 1956 return Owned(From); 1957 } 1958 1959 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType()) 1960 return Owned(From); 1961 1962 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary. 1963 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType)) 1964 return Owned(From); 1965 1966 SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange(); 1967 SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin(); 1968 1969 ExprValueKind VK = From->getValueKind(); 1970 1971 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8: 1972 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its 1973 // class name. 1974 // 1975 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a 1976 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type 1977 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows 1978 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as: 1979 // 1980 // class Base { public: int x; }; 1981 // class Derived1 : public Base { }; 1982 // class Derived2 : public Base { }; 1983 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); }; 1984 // 1985 // void VeryDerived::f() { 1986 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects 1987 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1 1988 // } 1989 if (Qualifier) { 1990 QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0); 1991 assert(!QType.isNull() && "lookup done with dependent qualifier?"); 1992 assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type"); 1993 1994 QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0); 1995 1996 // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base 1997 // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it. 1998 // Otherwise build the appropriate casts. 1999 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, QRecordType)) { 2000 CXXCastPath BasePath; 2001 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType, 2002 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath)) 2003 return ExprError(); 2004 2005 if (PointerConversions) 2006 QType = Context.getPointerType(QType); 2007 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase, 2008 VK, &BasePath).take(); 2009 2010 FromType = QType; 2011 FromRecordType = QRecordType; 2012 2013 // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type, 2014 // we're done. 2015 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType)) 2016 return Owned(From); 2017 } 2018 } 2019 2020 bool IgnoreAccess = false; 2021 2022 // If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast 2023 // down to the using declaration's type. 2024 // 2025 // Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a 2026 // class ever has member declarations. 2027 if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) { 2028 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl)); 2029 QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType( 2030 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext())); 2031 2032 // We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class 2033 // conversion is non-trivial. 2034 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) { 2035 assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, URecordType)); 2036 CXXCastPath BasePath; 2037 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType, 2038 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath)) 2039 return ExprError(); 2040 2041 QualType UType = URecordType; 2042 if (PointerConversions) 2043 UType = Context.getPointerType(UType); 2044 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase, 2045 VK, &BasePath).take(); 2046 FromType = UType; 2047 FromRecordType = URecordType; 2048 } 2049 2050 // We don't do access control for the conversion from the 2051 // declaring class to the true declaring class. 2052 IgnoreAccess = true; 2053 } 2054 2055 CXXCastPath BasePath; 2056 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, DestRecordType, 2057 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath, 2058 IgnoreAccess)) 2059 return ExprError(); 2060 2061 return ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase, 2062 VK, &BasePath); 2063} 2064 2065bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2066 const LookupResult &R, 2067 bool HasTrailingLParen) { 2068 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call. 2069 if (!HasTrailingLParen) 2070 return false; 2071 2072 // Never if a scope specifier was provided. 2073 if (SS.isSet()) 2074 return false; 2075 2076 // Only in C++ or ObjC++. 2077 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2078 return false; 2079 2080 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during 2081 // normal lookup: 2082 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) { 2083 NamedDecl *D = *I; 2084 2085 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: 2086 // -- a declaration of a class member 2087 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the 2088 // original decl. 2089 if (D->isCXXClassMember()) 2090 return false; 2091 2092 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: 2093 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a 2094 // using-declaration 2095 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we 2096 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types 2097 // turn off ADL anyway). 2098 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) 2099 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl(); 2100 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2101 return false; 2102 2103 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: 2104 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function 2105 // template 2106 // And also for builtin functions. 2107 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2108 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 2109 2110 // But also builtin functions. 2111 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit()) 2112 return false; 2113 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 2114 return false; 2115 } 2116 2117 return true; 2118} 2119 2120 2121/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration 2122/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that 2123/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration 2124/// will in fact be used. 2125static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) { 2126 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 2127 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName(); 2128 return true; 2129 } 2130 2131 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { 2132 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName(); 2133 return true; 2134 } 2135 2136 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) { 2137 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName(); 2138 return true; 2139 } 2140 2141 return false; 2142} 2143 2144ExprResult 2145Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2146 LookupResult &R, 2147 bool NeedsADL) { 2148 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL, 2149 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref. 2150 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>()) 2151 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getLookupNameInfo(), 2152 R.getFoundDecl()); 2153 2154 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one 2155 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be 2156 // functions and function templates. 2157 if (R.isSingleResult() && 2158 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl())) 2159 return ExprError(); 2160 2161 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress 2162 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when 2163 // we've picked a target. 2164 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 2165 2166 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE 2167 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, R.getNamingClass(), 2168 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 2169 R.getLookupNameInfo(), 2170 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult(), 2171 R.begin(), R.end()); 2172 2173 return Owned(ULE); 2174} 2175 2176/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration. 2177ExprResult 2178Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2179 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2180 NamedDecl *D) { 2181 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration"); 2182 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) && 2183 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template"); 2184 2185 SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc(); 2186 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D)) 2187 return ExprError(); 2188 2189 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) { 2190 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing 2191 // a template argument list. 2192 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref) 2193 << Template << SS.getRange(); 2194 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); 2195 return ExprError(); 2196 } 2197 2198 // Make sure that we're referring to a value. 2199 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D); 2200 if (!VD) { 2201 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value) 2202 << D << SS.getRange(); 2203 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 2204 return ExprError(); 2205 } 2206 2207 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress 2208 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup 2209 // on this function name, because this might not be the function 2210 // that overload resolution actually selects. 2211 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc)) 2212 return ExprError(); 2213 2214 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's. 2215 if (VD->isInvalidDecl()) 2216 return ExprError(); 2217 2218 // Handle members of anonymous structs and unions. If we got here, 2219 // and the reference is to a class member indirect field, then this 2220 // must be the subject of a pointer-to-member expression. 2221 if (IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2222 if (!indirectField->isCXXClassMember()) 2223 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SS, NameInfo.getLoc(), 2224 indirectField); 2225 2226 { 2227 QualType type = VD->getType(); 2228 ExprValueKind valueKind = VK_RValue; 2229 2230 switch (D->getKind()) { 2231 // Ignore all the non-ValueDecl kinds. 2232#define ABSTRACT_DECL(kind) 2233#define VALUE(type, base) 2234#define DECL(type, base) \ 2235 case Decl::type: 2236#include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc" 2237 llvm_unreachable("invalid value decl kind"); 2238 2239 // These shouldn't make it here. 2240 case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField: 2241 case Decl::ObjCIvar: 2242 llvm_unreachable("forming non-member reference to ivar?"); 2243 2244 // Enum constants are always r-values and never references. 2245 // Unresolved using declarations are dependent. 2246 case Decl::EnumConstant: 2247 case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue: 2248 valueKind = VK_RValue; 2249 break; 2250 2251 // Fields and indirect fields that got here must be for 2252 // pointer-to-member expressions; we just call them l-values for 2253 // internal consistency, because this subexpression doesn't really 2254 // exist in the high-level semantics. 2255 case Decl::Field: 2256 case Decl::IndirectField: 2257 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2258 "building reference to field in C?"); 2259 2260 // These can't have reference type in well-formed programs, but 2261 // for internal consistency we do this anyway. 2262 type = type.getNonReferenceType(); 2263 valueKind = VK_LValue; 2264 break; 2265 2266 // Non-type template parameters are either l-values or r-values 2267 // depending on the type. 2268 case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: { 2269 if (const ReferenceType *reftype = type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 2270 type = reftype->getPointeeType(); 2271 valueKind = VK_LValue; // even if the parameter is an r-value reference 2272 break; 2273 } 2274 2275 // For non-references, we need to strip qualifiers just in case 2276 // the template parameter was declared as 'const int' or whatever. 2277 valueKind = VK_RValue; 2278 type = type.getUnqualifiedType(); 2279 break; 2280 } 2281 2282 case Decl::Var: 2283 // In C, "extern void blah;" is valid and is an r-value. 2284 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2285 !type.hasQualifiers() && 2286 type->isVoidType()) { 2287 valueKind = VK_RValue; 2288 break; 2289 } 2290 // fallthrough 2291 2292 case Decl::ImplicitParam: 2293 case Decl::ParmVar: { 2294 // These are always l-values. 2295 valueKind = VK_LValue; 2296 type = type.getNonReferenceType(); 2297 2298 // FIXME: Does the addition of const really only apply in 2299 // potentially-evaluated contexts? Since the variable isn't actually 2300 // captured in an unevaluated context, it seems that the answer is no. 2301 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context != Sema::Unevaluated) { 2302 QualType CapturedType = getCapturedDeclRefType(cast<VarDecl>(VD), Loc); 2303 if (!CapturedType.isNull()) 2304 type = CapturedType; 2305 } 2306 2307 break; 2308 } 2309 2310 case Decl::Function: { 2311 const FunctionType *fty = type->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2312 2313 // If we're referring to a function with an __unknown_anytype 2314 // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype. 2315 if (fty->getResultType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 2316 type = Context.UnknownAnyTy; 2317 valueKind = VK_RValue; 2318 break; 2319 } 2320 2321 // Functions are l-values in C++. 2322 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2323 valueKind = VK_LValue; 2324 break; 2325 } 2326 2327 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a 2328 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only 2329 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing 2330 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function 2331 // type. 2332 if (!cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->hasPrototype() && 2333 isa<FunctionProtoType>(fty)) 2334 type = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(fty->getResultType(), 2335 fty->getExtInfo()); 2336 2337 // Functions are r-values in C. 2338 valueKind = VK_RValue; 2339 break; 2340 } 2341 2342 case Decl::CXXMethod: 2343 // If we're referring to a method with an __unknown_anytype 2344 // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype. 2345 // This should only be possible with a type written directly. 2346 if (const FunctionProtoType *proto 2347 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(VD->getType())) 2348 if (proto->getResultType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 2349 type = Context.UnknownAnyTy; 2350 valueKind = VK_RValue; 2351 break; 2352 } 2353 2354 // C++ methods are l-values if static, r-values if non-static. 2355 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isStatic()) { 2356 valueKind = VK_LValue; 2357 break; 2358 } 2359 // fallthrough 2360 2361 case Decl::CXXConversion: 2362 case Decl::CXXDestructor: 2363 case Decl::CXXConstructor: 2364 valueKind = VK_RValue; 2365 break; 2366 } 2367 2368 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, type, valueKind, NameInfo, &SS); 2369 } 2370} 2371 2372ExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { 2373 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT; 2374 2375 switch (Kind) { 2376 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown simple primary expr!"); 2377 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2] 2378 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break; 2379 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break; 2380 } 2381 2382 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the 2383 // string. 2384 2385 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 2386 if (!currentDecl && getCurBlock()) 2387 currentDecl = getCurBlock()->TheDecl; 2388 if (!currentDecl) { 2389 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function); 2390 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2391 } 2392 2393 QualType ResTy; 2394 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) { 2395 ResTy = Context.DependentTy; 2396 } else { 2397 unsigned Length = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl).length(); 2398 2399 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1); 2400 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst(); 2401 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 2402 } 2403 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT)); 2404} 2405 2406ExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) { 2407 SmallString<16> CharBuffer; 2408 bool Invalid = false; 2409 StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid); 2410 if (Invalid) 2411 return ExprError(); 2412 2413 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(), 2414 PP, Tok.getKind()); 2415 if (Literal.hadError()) 2416 return ExprError(); 2417 2418 QualType Ty; 2419 if (Literal.isWide()) 2420 Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C and C++. 2421 else if (Literal.isUTF16()) 2422 Ty = Context.Char16Ty; // u'x' -> char16_t in C11 and C++11. 2423 else if (Literal.isUTF32()) 2424 Ty = Context.Char32Ty; // U'x' -> char32_t in C11 and C++11. 2425 else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Literal.isMultiChar()) 2426 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' -> int in C, 'wxyz' -> int in C++. 2427 else 2428 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++ 2429 2430 CharacterLiteral::CharacterKind Kind = CharacterLiteral::Ascii; 2431 if (Literal.isWide()) 2432 Kind = CharacterLiteral::Wide; 2433 else if (Literal.isUTF16()) 2434 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF16; 2435 else if (Literal.isUTF32()) 2436 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF32; 2437 2438 Expr *Lit = new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(), Kind, Ty, 2439 Tok.getLocation()); 2440 2441 if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty()) 2442 return Owned(Lit); 2443 2444 // We're building a user-defined literal. 2445 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix()); 2446 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = 2447 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset()); 2448 2449 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here. 2450 if (!UDLScope) 2451 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_character_udl)); 2452 2453 // C++11 [lex.ext]p6: The literal L is treated as a call of the form 2454 // operator "" X (ch) 2455 return BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(*this, UDLScope, UDSuffix, UDSuffixLoc, 2456 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Lit, 1), 2457 Tok.getLocation()); 2458} 2459 2460ExprResult Sema::ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val) { 2461 unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 2462 return Owned(IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val), 2463 Context.IntTy, Loc)); 2464} 2465 2466static Expr *BuildFloatingLiteral(Sema &S, NumericLiteralParser &Literal, 2467 QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc) { 2468 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty); 2469 2470 using llvm::APFloat; 2471 APFloat Val(Format); 2472 2473 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val); 2474 2475 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if 2476 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow). 2477 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) || 2478 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) { 2479 unsigned diagnostic; 2480 SmallString<20> buffer; 2481 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) { 2482 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow; 2483 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer); 2484 } else { 2485 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow; 2486 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer); 2487 } 2488 2489 S.Diag(Loc, diagnostic) 2490 << Ty 2491 << StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size()); 2492 } 2493 2494 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK); 2495 return FloatingLiteral::Create(S.Context, Val, isExact, Ty, Loc); 2496} 2497 2498ExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) { 2499 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit 2500 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or suffix. 2501 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) { 2502 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok); 2503 return ActOnIntegerConstant(Tok.getLocation(), Val-'0'); 2504 } 2505 2506 SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer; 2507 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character. 2508 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1); 2509 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0]; 2510 2511 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc. 2512 bool Invalid = false; 2513 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin, &Invalid); 2514 if (Invalid) 2515 return ExprError(); 2516 2517 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength, 2518 Tok.getLocation(), PP); 2519 if (Literal.hadError) 2520 return ExprError(); 2521 2522 if (Literal.hasUDSuffix()) { 2523 // We're building a user-defined literal. 2524 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix()); 2525 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = 2526 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset()); 2527 2528 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here. 2529 if (!UDLScope) 2530 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_numeric_udl)); 2531 2532 QualType CookedTy; 2533 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) { 2534 // C++11 [lex.ext]p4: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type 2535 // long double, the literal is treated as a call of the form 2536 // operator "" X (f L) 2537 CookedTy = Context.LongDoubleTy; 2538 } else { 2539 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type 2540 // unsigned long long, the literal is treated as a call of the form 2541 // operator "" X (n ULL) 2542 CookedTy = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 2543 } 2544 2545 DeclarationName OpName = 2546 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix); 2547 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc); 2548 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc); 2549 2550 // Perform literal operator lookup to determine if we're building a raw 2551 // literal or a cooked one. 2552 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2553 switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, llvm::makeArrayRef(&CookedTy, 1), 2554 /*AllowRawAndTemplate*/true)) { 2555 case LOLR_Error: 2556 return ExprError(); 2557 2558 case LOLR_Cooked: { 2559 Expr *Lit; 2560 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) { 2561 Lit = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, CookedTy, Tok.getLocation()); 2562 } else { 2563 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(), 0); 2564 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) 2565 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large); 2566 Lit = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, CookedTy, 2567 Tok.getLocation()); 2568 } 2569 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, 2570 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Lit, 1), 2571 Tok.getLocation()); 2572 } 2573 2574 case LOLR_Raw: { 2575 // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a raw literal operator, the 2576 // literal is treated as a call of the form 2577 // operator "" X ("n") 2578 SourceLocation TokLoc = Tok.getLocation(); 2579 unsigned Length = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset(); 2580 QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType( 2581 Context.CharTy, llvm::APInt(32, Length + 1), 2582 ArrayType::Normal, 0); 2583 Expr *Lit = StringLiteral::Create( 2584 Context, StringRef(ThisTokBegin, Length), StringLiteral::Ascii, 2585 /*Pascal*/false, StrTy, &TokLoc, 1); 2586 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, 2587 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Lit, 1), TokLoc); 2588 } 2589 2590 case LOLR_Template: 2591 // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: Otherwise (S contains a literal operator 2592 // template), L is treated as a call fo the form 2593 // operator "" X <'c1', 'c2', ... 'ck'>() 2594 // where n is the source character sequence c1 c2 ... ck. 2595 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs; 2596 unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(Context.CharTy); 2597 bool CharIsUnsigned = Context.CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 2598 llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned); 2599 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset(); I != N; ++I) { 2600 Value = ThisTokBegin[I]; 2601 TemplateArgument Arg(Value, Context.CharTy); 2602 TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo; 2603 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo)); 2604 } 2605 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, ArrayRef<Expr*>(), 2606 Tok.getLocation(), &ExplicitArgs); 2607 } 2608 2609 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result"); 2610 } 2611 2612 Expr *Res; 2613 2614 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) { 2615 QualType Ty; 2616 if (Literal.isFloat) 2617 Ty = Context.FloatTy; 2618 else if (!Literal.isLong) 2619 Ty = Context.DoubleTy; 2620 else 2621 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy; 2622 2623 Res = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, Ty, Tok.getLocation()); 2624 2625 if (Ty == Context.DoubleTy) { 2626 if (getLangOpts().SinglePrecisionConstants) { 2627 Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).take(); 2628 } else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp64) { 2629 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_double_const_requires_fp64); 2630 Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).take(); 2631 } 2632 } 2633 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) { 2634 return ExprError(); 2635 } else { 2636 QualType Ty; 2637 2638 // long long is a C99 feature. 2639 if (!getLangOpts().C99 && Literal.isLongLong) 2640 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), 2641 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x ? 2642 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_longlong : diag::ext_longlong); 2643 2644 // Get the value in the widest-possible width. 2645 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntMaxTWidth(), 0); 2646 2647 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) { 2648 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull. 2649 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large); 2650 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 2651 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() && 2652 "long long is not intmax_t?"); 2653 } else { 2654 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into 2655 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5. 2656 2657 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to 2658 // be an unsigned int. 2659 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10; 2660 2661 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can. 2662 unsigned Width = 0; 2663 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) { 2664 // Are int/unsigned possibilities? 2665 unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 2666 2667 // Does it fit in a unsigned int? 2668 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) { 2669 // Does it fit in a signed int? 2670 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0) 2671 Ty = Context.IntTy; 2672 else if (AllowUnsigned) 2673 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 2674 Width = IntSize; 2675 } 2676 } 2677 2678 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities? 2679 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) { 2680 unsigned LongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 2681 2682 // Does it fit in a unsigned long? 2683 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) { 2684 // Does it fit in a signed long? 2685 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0) 2686 Ty = Context.LongTy; 2687 else if (AllowUnsigned) 2688 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 2689 Width = LongSize; 2690 } 2691 } 2692 2693 // Finally, check long long if needed. 2694 if (Ty.isNull()) { 2695 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 2696 2697 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long? 2698 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) { 2699 // Does it fit in a signed long long? 2700 // To be compatible with MSVC, hex integer literals ending with the 2701 // LL or i64 suffix are always signed in Microsoft mode. 2702 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && (ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0 || 2703 (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && Literal.isLongLong))) 2704 Ty = Context.LongLongTy; 2705 else if (AllowUnsigned) 2706 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 2707 Width = LongLongSize; 2708 } 2709 } 2710 2711 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that 2712 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix. 2713 if (Ty.isNull()) { 2714 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed); 2715 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 2716 Width = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 2717 } 2718 2719 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width) 2720 ResultVal = ResultVal.trunc(Width); 2721 } 2722 Res = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation()); 2723 } 2724 2725 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper. 2726 if (Literal.isImaginary) 2727 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res, 2728 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType())); 2729 2730 return Owned(Res); 2731} 2732 2733ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E) { 2734 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr"); 2735 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E)); 2736} 2737 2738static bool CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T, 2739 SourceLocation Loc, 2740 SourceRange ArgRange) { 2741 // [OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12] "The vec_step built-in function takes a built-in 2742 // scalar or vector data type argument..." 2743 // Every built-in scalar type (OpenCL 1.1 6.1.1) is either an arithmetic 2744 // type (C99 6.2.5p18) or void. 2745 if (!(T->isArithmeticType() || T->isVoidType() || T->isVectorType())) { 2746 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_vecstep_non_scalar_vector_type) 2747 << T << ArgRange; 2748 return true; 2749 } 2750 2751 assert((T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) && 2752 "Scalar types should always be complete"); 2753 return false; 2754} 2755 2756static bool CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T, 2757 SourceLocation Loc, 2758 SourceRange ArgRange, 2759 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) { 2760 // C99 6.5.3.4p1: 2761 if (T->isFunctionType()) { 2762 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension. 2763 if (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf) 2764 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ArgRange; 2765 return false; 2766 } 2767 2768 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension. 2769 if (T->isVoidType()) { 2770 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type) << TraitKind << ArgRange; 2771 return false; 2772 } 2773 2774 return true; 2775} 2776 2777static bool CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(Sema &S, QualType T, 2778 SourceLocation Loc, 2779 SourceRange ArgRange, 2780 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) { 2781 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode. 2782 if (S.LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && T->isObjCObjectType()) { 2783 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface) 2784 << T << (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf) 2785 << ArgRange; 2786 return true; 2787 } 2788 2789 return false; 2790} 2791 2792/// \brief Check the constrains on expression operands to unary type expression 2793/// and type traits. 2794/// 2795/// Completes any types necessary and validates the constraints on the operand 2796/// expression. The logic mostly mirrors the type-based overload, but may modify 2797/// the expression as it completes the type for that expression through template 2798/// instantiation, etc. 2799bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, 2800 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) { 2801 QualType ExprTy = E->getType(); 2802 2803 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type, 2804 // the result is the size of the referenced type." 2805 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the 2806 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type." 2807 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprTy->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 2808 ExprTy = Ref->getPointeeType(); 2809 2810 if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) 2811 return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(), 2812 E->getSourceRange()); 2813 2814 // Whitelist some types as extensions 2815 if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(), 2816 E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind)) 2817 return false; 2818 2819 if (RequireCompleteExprType(E, 2820 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type) 2821 << ExprKind << E->getSourceRange(), 2822 std::make_pair(SourceLocation(), PDiag(0)))) 2823 return true; 2824 2825 // Completeing the expression's type may have changed it. 2826 ExprTy = E->getType(); 2827 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprTy->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 2828 ExprTy = Ref->getPointeeType(); 2829 2830 if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(), 2831 E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind)) 2832 return true; 2833 2834 if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf) { 2835 if (DeclRefExpr *DeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParens())) { 2836 if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DeclRef->getFoundDecl())) { 2837 QualType OType = PVD->getOriginalType(); 2838 QualType Type = PVD->getType(); 2839 if (Type->isPointerType() && OType->isArrayType()) { 2840 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_sizeof_array_param) 2841 << Type << OType; 2842 Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 2843 } 2844 } 2845 } 2846 } 2847 2848 return false; 2849} 2850 2851/// \brief Check the constraints on operands to unary expression and type 2852/// traits. 2853/// 2854/// This will complete any types necessary, and validate the various constraints 2855/// on those operands. 2856/// 2857/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine. 2858/// C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] all state: 2859/// Except when it is the operand of the sizeof operator ... 2860/// 2861/// C++ [expr.sizeof]p4 2862/// The lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer 2863/// standard conversions are not applied to the operand of sizeof. 2864/// 2865/// This policy is followed for all of the unary trait expressions. 2866bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, 2867 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2868 SourceRange ExprRange, 2869 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) { 2870 if (ExprType->isDependentType()) 2871 return false; 2872 2873 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type, 2874 // the result is the size of the referenced type." 2875 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the 2876 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type." 2877 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 2878 ExprType = Ref->getPointeeType(); 2879 2880 if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) 2881 return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange); 2882 2883 // Whitelist some types as extensions 2884 if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange, 2885 ExprKind)) 2886 return false; 2887 2888 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, ExprType, 2889 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type) 2890 << ExprKind << ExprRange)) 2891 return true; 2892 2893 if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange, 2894 ExprKind)) 2895 return true; 2896 2897 return false; 2898} 2899 2900static bool CheckAlignOfExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) { 2901 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 2902 2903 // alignof decl is always ok. 2904 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 2905 return false; 2906 2907 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent. 2908 if (E->isTypeDependent()) 2909 return false; 2910 2911 if (E->getBitField()) { 2912 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) 2913 << 1 << E->getSourceRange(); 2914 return true; 2915 } 2916 2917 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a 2918 // bit-field. 2919 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) 2920 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 2921 return false; 2922 2923 return S.CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_AlignOf); 2924} 2925 2926bool Sema::CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E) { 2927 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 2928 2929 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent. 2930 if (E->isTypeDependent()) 2931 return false; 2932 2933 return CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_VecStep); 2934} 2935 2936/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand. 2937ExprResult 2938Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2939 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2940 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2941 SourceRange R) { 2942 if (!TInfo) 2943 return ExprError(); 2944 2945 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 2946 2947 if (!T->isDependentType() && 2948 CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(T, OpLoc, R, ExprKind)) 2949 return ExprError(); 2950 2951 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t. 2952 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ExprKind, TInfo, 2953 Context.getSizeType(), 2954 OpLoc, R.getEnd())); 2955} 2956 2957/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression 2958/// operand. 2959ExprResult 2960Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2961 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) { 2962 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 2963 if (PE.isInvalid()) 2964 return ExprError(); 2965 2966 E = PE.get(); 2967 2968 // Verify that the operand is valid. 2969 bool isInvalid = false; 2970 if (E->isTypeDependent()) { 2971 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. 2972 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) { 2973 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(*this, E); 2974 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) { 2975 isInvalid = CheckVecStepExpr(E); 2976 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1. 2977 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0; 2978 isInvalid = true; 2979 } else { 2980 isInvalid = CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_SizeOf); 2981 } 2982 2983 if (isInvalid) 2984 return ExprError(); 2985 2986 if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf && E->getType()->isVariableArrayType()) { 2987 PE = TranformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); 2988 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 2989 E = PE.take(); 2990 } 2991 2992 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t. 2993 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr( 2994 ExprKind, E, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, 2995 E->getSourceRange().getEnd())); 2996} 2997 2998/// ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c 2999/// expr and the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof 3000/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false. 3001ExprResult 3002Sema::ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3003 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, bool IsType, 3004 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) { 3005 // If error parsing type, ignore. 3006 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError(); 3007 3008 if (IsType) { 3009 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3010 (void) GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx), &TInfo); 3011 return CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, ExprKind, ArgRange); 3012 } 3013 3014 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx; 3015 ExprResult Result = CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, ExprKind); 3016 return move(Result); 3017} 3018 3019static QualType CheckRealImagOperand(Sema &S, ExprResult &V, SourceLocation Loc, 3020 bool IsReal) { 3021 if (V.get()->isTypeDependent()) 3022 return S.Context.DependentTy; 3023 3024 // _Real and _Imag are only l-values for normal l-values. 3025 if (V.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_Ordinary) { 3026 V = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(V.take()); 3027 if (V.isInvalid()) 3028 return QualType(); 3029 } 3030 3031 // These operators return the element type of a complex type. 3032 if (const ComplexType *CT = V.get()->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()) 3033 return CT->getElementType(); 3034 3035 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here. 3036 if (V.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) 3037 return V.get()->getType(); 3038 3039 // Test for placeholders. 3040 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(V.get()); 3041 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 3042 if (PR.get() != V.get()) { 3043 V = move(PR); 3044 return CheckRealImagOperand(S, V, Loc, IsReal); 3045 } 3046 3047 // Reject anything else. 3048 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V.get()->getType() 3049 << (IsReal ? "__real" : "__imag"); 3050 return QualType(); 3051} 3052 3053 3054 3055ExprResult 3056Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3057 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input) { 3058 UnaryOperatorKind Opc; 3059 switch (Kind) { 3060 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!"); 3061 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PostInc; break; 3062 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PostDec; break; 3063 } 3064 3065 // Since this might is a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 3066 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Input); 3067 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 3068 Input = Result.take(); 3069 3070 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input); 3071} 3072 3073ExprResult 3074Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3075 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) { 3076 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 3077 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base); 3078 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 3079 Base = Result.take(); 3080 3081 Expr *LHSExp = Base, *RHSExp = Idx; 3082 3083 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3084 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) { 3085 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp, 3086 Context.DependentTy, 3087 VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, 3088 RLoc)); 3089 } 3090 3091 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3092 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() || 3093 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() || 3094 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() || 3095 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType()) && 3096 !LHSExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3097 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, Base, Idx); 3098 } 3099 3100 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Base, LLoc, Idx, RLoc); 3101} 3102 3103 3104ExprResult 3105Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3106 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) { 3107 Expr *LHSExp = Base; 3108 Expr *RHSExp = Idx; 3109 3110 // Perform default conversions. 3111 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3112 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp); 3113 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3114 return ExprError(); 3115 LHSExp = Result.take(); 3116 } 3117 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp); 3118 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3119 return ExprError(); 3120 RHSExp = Result.take(); 3121 3122 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType(); 3123 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue; 3124 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; 3125 3126 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent 3127 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be 3128 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base 3129 // and index from the expression types. 3130 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr; 3131 QualType ResultType; 3132 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) { 3133 BaseExpr = LHSExp; 3134 IndexExpr = RHSExp; 3135 ResultType = Context.DependentTy; 3136 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { 3137 BaseExpr = LHSExp; 3138 IndexExpr = RHSExp; 3139 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3140 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = 3141 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { 3142 BaseExpr = LHSExp; 3143 IndexExpr = RHSExp; 3144 Result = BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(RLoc, BaseExpr, IndexExpr, 0, 0); 3145 if (!Result.isInvalid()) 3146 return Owned(Result.take()); 3147 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3148 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { 3149 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]". 3150 BaseExpr = RHSExp; 3151 IndexExpr = LHSExp; 3152 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3153 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = 3154 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { 3155 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]". 3156 BaseExpr = RHSExp; 3157 IndexExpr = LHSExp; 3158 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3159 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { 3160 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123] 3161 IndexExpr = RHSExp; 3162 VK = LHSExp->getValueKind(); 3163 if (VK != VK_RValue) 3164 OK = OK_VectorComponent; 3165 3166 // FIXME: need to deal with const... 3167 ResultType = VTy->getElementType(); 3168 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) { 3169 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by 3170 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that 3171 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't 3172 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then 3173 // force the promotion here. 3174 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) << 3175 LHSExp->getSourceRange(); 3176 LHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy), 3177 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).take(); 3178 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(); 3179 3180 BaseExpr = LHSExp; 3181 IndexExpr = RHSExp; 3182 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3183 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) { 3184 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case 3185 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) << 3186 RHSExp->getSourceRange(); 3187 RHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy), 3188 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).take(); 3189 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType(); 3190 3191 BaseExpr = RHSExp; 3192 IndexExpr = LHSExp; 3193 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3194 } else { 3195 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) 3196 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange()); 3197 } 3198 // C99 6.5.2.1p1 3199 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) 3200 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer) 3201 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange()); 3202 3203 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || 3204 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U)) 3205 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) 3206 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange(); 3207 3208 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly, 3209 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object 3210 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance) 3211 // incomplete types are not object types. 3212 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) { 3213 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type) 3214 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); 3215 return ExprError(); 3216 } 3217 3218 if (ResultType->isVoidType() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3219 // GNU extension: subscripting on pointer to void 3220 Diag(LLoc, diag::ext_gnu_subscript_void_type) 3221 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); 3222 3223 // C forbids expressions of unqualified void type from being l-values. 3224 // See IsCForbiddenLValueType. 3225 if (!ResultType.hasQualifiers()) VK = VK_RValue; 3226 } else if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && 3227 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, 3228 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type) 3229 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange())) 3230 return ExprError(); 3231 3232 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. 3233 if (ResultType->isObjCObjectType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) { 3234 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface) 3235 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); 3236 return ExprError(); 3237 } 3238 3239 assert(VK == VK_RValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus || 3240 !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType()); 3241 3242 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp, 3243 ResultType, VK, OK, RLoc)); 3244} 3245 3246ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3247 FunctionDecl *FD, 3248 ParmVarDecl *Param) { 3249 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) { 3250 Diag(CallLoc, 3251 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) << 3252 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName(); 3253 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param], 3254 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here); 3255 return ExprError(); 3256 } 3257 3258 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) { 3259 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg(); 3260 3261 // Instantiate the expression. 3262 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList 3263 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, 0, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true); 3264 3265 std::pair<const TemplateArgument *, unsigned> Innermost 3266 = ArgList.getInnermost(); 3267 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param, Innermost.first, 3268 Innermost.second); 3269 3270 ExprResult Result; 3271 { 3272 // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p5: 3273 // The names in the [default argument] expression are bound, and 3274 // the semantic constraints are checked, at the point where the 3275 // default argument expression appears. 3276 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, FD); 3277 LocalInstantiationScope Local(*this); 3278 Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList); 3279 } 3280 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3281 return ExprError(); 3282 3283 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter. 3284 InitializedEntity Entity 3285 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param); 3286 InitializationKind Kind 3287 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(), 3288 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getLocStart()); 3289 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 3290 3291 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1); 3292 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 3293 MultiExprArg(*this, &ResultE, 1)); 3294 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3295 return ExprError(); 3296 3297 // Build the default argument expression. 3298 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param, 3299 Result.takeAs<Expr>())); 3300 } 3301 3302 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to 3303 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll 3304 // be properly destroyed. 3305 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new 3306 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810. 3307 // We don't need to do that with block decls, though, because 3308 // blocks in default argument expression can never capture anything. 3309 if (isa<ExprWithCleanups>(Param->getInit())) { 3310 // Set the "needs cleanups" bit regardless of whether there are 3311 // any explicit objects. 3312 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 3313 3314 // Append all the objects to the cleanup list. Right now, this 3315 // should always be a no-op, because blocks in default argument 3316 // expressions should never be able to capture anything. 3317 assert(!cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Param->getInit())->getNumObjects() && 3318 "default argument expression has capturing blocks?"); 3319 } 3320 3321 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works. 3322 // Just mark all of the declarations in this potentially-evaluated expression 3323 // as being "referenced". 3324 MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Param->getDefaultArg(), 3325 /*SkipLocalVariables=*/true); 3326 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param)); 3327} 3328 3329/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in 3330/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with 3331/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and 3332/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this 3333/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns 3334/// true if the call is ill-formed. 3335bool 3336Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3337 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3338 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3339 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3340 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3341 bool IsExecConfig) { 3342 // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking. 3343 // We don't need to do this in the 3344 if (FDecl) 3345 if (unsigned ID = FDecl->getBuiltinID()) 3346 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(ID)) 3347 return false; 3348 3349 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by 3350 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ... 3351 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs(); 3352 bool Invalid = false; 3353 unsigned MinArgs = FDecl ? FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments() : NumArgsInProto; 3354 unsigned FnKind = Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() 3355 ? 1 /* block */ 3356 : (IsExecConfig ? 3 /* kernel function (exec config) */ 3357 : 0 /* function */); 3358 3359 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default 3360 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call. 3361 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) { 3362 if (NumArgs < MinArgs) { 3363 Diag(RParenLoc, MinArgs == NumArgsInProto 3364 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args 3365 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least) 3366 << FnKind 3367 << MinArgs << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange(); 3368 3369 // Emit the location of the prototype. 3370 if (FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig) 3371 Diag(FDecl->getLocStart(), diag::note_callee_decl) 3372 << FDecl; 3373 3374 return true; 3375 } 3376 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto); 3377 } 3378 3379 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop 3380 // them. 3381 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) { 3382 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) { 3383 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(), 3384 MinArgs == NumArgsInProto 3385 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args 3386 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most) 3387 << FnKind 3388 << NumArgsInProto << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange() 3389 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(), 3390 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()); 3391 3392 // Emit the location of the prototype. 3393 if (FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig) 3394 Diag(FDecl->getLocStart(), diag::note_callee_decl) 3395 << FDecl; 3396 3397 // This deletes the extra arguments. 3398 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto); 3399 return true; 3400 } 3401 } 3402 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs; 3403 VariadicCallType CallType = 3404 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply; 3405 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) 3406 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block 3407 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn)) 3408 CallType = VariadicMethod; 3409 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getLocStart(), FDecl, 3410 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType); 3411 if (Invalid) 3412 return true; 3413 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size(); 3414 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i) 3415 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]); 3416 3417 return false; 3418} 3419 3420bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3421 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3422 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3423 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 3424 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3425 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 3426 VariadicCallType CallType, 3427 bool AllowExplicit) { 3428 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs(); 3429 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs; 3430 bool Invalid = false; 3431 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto) 3432 // Use default arguments for missing arguments 3433 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto; 3434 unsigned ArgIx = 0; 3435 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args). 3436 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) { 3437 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i); 3438 3439 Expr *Arg; 3440 ParmVarDecl *Param; 3441 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) { 3442 Arg = Args[ArgIx++]; 3443 3444 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getLocStart(), 3445 ProtoArgType, 3446 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument) 3447 << Arg->getSourceRange())) 3448 return true; 3449 3450 // Pass the argument 3451 Param = 0; 3452 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams()) 3453 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i); 3454 3455 // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable. 3456 if (Arg->getType() == Context.ARCUnbridgedCastTy && 3457 FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() && 3458 (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>())) 3459 Arg = stripARCUnbridgedCast(Arg); 3460 3461 InitializedEntity Entity = 3462 Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param) 3463 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, ProtoArgType, 3464 Proto->isArgConsumed(i)); 3465 ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 3466 SourceLocation(), 3467 Owned(Arg), 3468 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 3469 AllowExplicit); 3470 if (ArgE.isInvalid()) 3471 return true; 3472 3473 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>(); 3474 } else { 3475 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i); 3476 3477 ExprResult ArgExpr = 3478 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param); 3479 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid()) 3480 return true; 3481 3482 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>(); 3483 } 3484 3485 // Check for array bounds violations for each argument to the call. This 3486 // check only triggers warnings when the argument isn't a more complex Expr 3487 // with its own checking, such as a BinaryOperator. 3488 CheckArrayAccess(Arg); 3489 3490 // Check for violations of C99 static array rules (C99 6.7.5.3p7). 3491 CheckStaticArrayArgument(CallLoc, Param, Arg); 3492 3493 AllArgs.push_back(Arg); 3494 } 3495 3496 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...". 3497 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) { 3498 3499 // Assume that extern "C" functions with variadic arguments that 3500 // return __unknown_anytype aren't *really* variadic. 3501 if (Proto->getResultType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && 3502 FDecl && FDecl->isExternC()) { 3503 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i != NumArgs; ++i) { 3504 ExprResult arg; 3505 if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(Args[i]->IgnoreParens())) 3506 arg = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Args[i]); 3507 else 3508 arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], CallType, FDecl); 3509 Invalid |= arg.isInvalid(); 3510 AllArgs.push_back(arg.take()); 3511 } 3512 3513 // Otherwise do argument promotion, (C99 6.5.2.2p7). 3514 } else { 3515 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i != NumArgs; ++i) { 3516 ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], CallType, 3517 FDecl); 3518 Invalid |= Arg.isInvalid(); 3519 AllArgs.push_back(Arg.take()); 3520 } 3521 } 3522 3523 // Check for array bounds violations. 3524 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i != NumArgs; ++i) 3525 CheckArrayAccess(Args[i]); 3526 } 3527 return Invalid; 3528} 3529 3530static void DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(Sema &S, ParmVarDecl *PVD) { 3531 TypeLoc TL = PVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(); 3532 if (ArrayTypeLoc *ATL = dyn_cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&TL)) 3533 S.Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_static_array) 3534 << ATL->getLocalSourceRange(); 3535} 3536 3537/// CheckStaticArrayArgument - If the given argument corresponds to a static 3538/// array parameter, check that it is non-null, and that if it is formed by 3539/// array-to-pointer decay, the underlying array is sufficiently large. 3540/// 3541/// C99 6.7.5.3p7: If the keyword static also appears within the [ and ] of the 3542/// array type derivation, then for each call to the function, the value of the 3543/// corresponding actual argument shall provide access to the first element of 3544/// an array with at least as many elements as specified by the size expression. 3545void 3546Sema::CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3547 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3548 const Expr *ArgExpr) { 3549 // Static array parameters are not supported in C++. 3550 if (!Param || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3551 return; 3552 3553 QualType OrigTy = Param->getOriginalType(); 3554 3555 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy); 3556 if (!AT || AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Static) 3557 return; 3558 3559 if (ArgExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 3560 Expr::NPC_NeverValueDependent)) { 3561 Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange(); 3562 DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param); 3563 return; 3564 } 3565 3566 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT); 3567 if (!CAT) 3568 return; 3569 3570 const ConstantArrayType *ArgCAT = 3571 Context.getAsConstantArrayType(ArgExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType()); 3572 if (!ArgCAT) 3573 return; 3574 3575 if (ArgCAT->getSize().ult(CAT->getSize())) { 3576 Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_static_array_too_small) 3577 << ArgExpr->getSourceRange() 3578 << (unsigned) ArgCAT->getSize().getZExtValue() 3579 << (unsigned) CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 3580 DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param); 3581 } 3582} 3583 3584/// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it 3585/// to have a function type. 3586static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *fn); 3587 3588/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3589/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3590/// locations. 3591ExprResult 3592Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3593 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3594 Expr *ExecConfig, bool IsExecConfig) { 3595 unsigned NumArgs = ArgExprs.size(); 3596 3597 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 3598 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Fn); 3599 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 3600 Fn = Result.take(); 3601 3602 Expr **Args = ArgExprs.release(); 3603 3604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3605 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately. 3606 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) { 3607 if (NumArgs > 0) { 3608 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments. 3609 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args) 3610 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 3611 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(), 3612 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd())); 3613 } 3614 3615 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy, 3616 VK_RValue, RParenLoc)); 3617 } 3618 3619 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template, 3620 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now. 3621 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in 3622 // Fn. 3623 bool Dependent = false; 3624 if (Fn->isTypeDependent()) 3625 Dependent = true; 3626 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments( 3627 llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs))) 3628 Dependent = true; 3629 3630 if (Dependent) { 3631 if (ExecConfig) { 3632 return Owned(new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr( 3633 Context, Fn, cast<CallExpr>(ExecConfig), Args, NumArgs, 3634 Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc)); 3635 } else { 3636 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs, 3637 Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, 3638 RParenLoc)); 3639 } 3640 } 3641 3642 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]). 3643 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType()) 3644 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, 3645 RParenLoc)); 3646 3647 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 3648 ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn); 3649 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 3650 Fn = result.take(); 3651 } 3652 3653 if (Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy) { 3654 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, 3655 RParenLoc); 3656 } 3657 } 3658 3659 // Check for overloaded calls. This can happen even in C due to extensions. 3660 if (Fn->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) { 3661 OverloadExpr::FindResult find = OverloadExpr::find(Fn); 3662 3663 // We aren't supposed to apply this logic for if there's an '&' involved. 3664 if (!find.HasFormOfMemberPointer) { 3665 OverloadExpr *ovl = find.Expression; 3666 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl)) { 3667 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl); 3668 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, 3669 RParenLoc, ExecConfig); 3670 } else { 3671 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, 3672 RParenLoc); 3673 } 3674 } 3675 } 3676 3677 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration. 3678 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 3679 ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn); 3680 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 3681 Fn = result.take(); 3682 } 3683 3684 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens(); 3685 3686 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0; 3687 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(NakedFn)) 3688 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) 3689 NakedFn = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens(); 3690 3691 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)) 3692 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl(); 3693 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) 3694 NDecl = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)->getMemberDecl(); 3695 3696 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc, 3697 ExecConfig, IsExecConfig); 3698} 3699 3700ExprResult 3701Sema::ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3702 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, SourceLocation GGGLoc) { 3703 FunctionDecl *ConfigDecl = Context.getcudaConfigureCallDecl(); 3704 if (!ConfigDecl) 3705 return ExprError(Diag(LLLLoc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) 3706 << "cudaConfigureCall"); 3707 QualType ConfigQTy = ConfigDecl->getType(); 3708 3709 DeclRefExpr *ConfigDR = new (Context) DeclRefExpr( 3710 ConfigDecl, false, ConfigQTy, VK_LValue, LLLLoc); 3711 MarkFunctionReferenced(LLLLoc, ConfigDecl); 3712 3713 return ActOnCallExpr(S, ConfigDR, LLLLoc, ExecConfig, GGGLoc, 0, 3714 /*IsExecConfig=*/true); 3715} 3716 3717/// ActOnAsTypeExpr - create a new asType (bitcast) from the arguments. 3718/// 3719/// __builtin_astype( value, dst type ) 3720/// 3721ExprResult Sema::ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3722 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3723 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 3724 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue; 3725 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; 3726 QualType DstTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy); 3727 QualType SrcTy = E->getType(); 3728 if (Context.getTypeSize(DstTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy)) 3729 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, 3730 diag::err_invalid_astype_of_different_size) 3731 << DstTy 3732 << SrcTy 3733 << E->getSourceRange()); 3734 return Owned(new (Context) AsTypeExpr(E, DstTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, 3735 RParenLoc)); 3736} 3737 3738/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression, 3739/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should 3740/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or 3741/// block-pointer type. 3742/// 3743/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available 3744ExprResult 3745Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3746 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3747 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3748 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3749 Expr *Config, bool IsExecConfig) { 3750 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl); 3751 3752 // Promote the function operand. 3753 ExprResult Result = UsualUnaryConversions(Fn); 3754 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3755 return ExprError(); 3756 Fn = Result.take(); 3757 3758 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup 3759 // of arguments and function on error. 3760 CallExpr *TheCall; 3761 if (Config) { 3762 TheCall = new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr(Context, Fn, 3763 cast<CallExpr>(Config), 3764 Args, NumArgs, 3765 Context.BoolTy, 3766 VK_RValue, 3767 RParenLoc); 3768 } else { 3769 TheCall = new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 3770 Args, NumArgs, 3771 Context.BoolTy, 3772 VK_RValue, 3773 RParenLoc); 3774 } 3775 3776 unsigned BuiltinID = (FDecl ? FDecl->getBuiltinID() : 0); 3777 3778 // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking. 3779 if (BuiltinID && Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(BuiltinID)) 3780 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall); 3781 3782 retry: 3783 const FunctionType *FuncT; 3784 if (const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { 3785 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall 3786 // have type pointer to function". 3787 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3788 if (FuncT == 0) 3789 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function) 3790 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); 3791 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BPT = 3792 Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { 3793 FuncT = BPT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 3794 } else { 3795 // Handle calls to expressions of unknown-any type. 3796 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 3797 ExprResult rewrite = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn); 3798 if (rewrite.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 3799 Fn = rewrite.take(); 3800 TheCall->setCallee(Fn); 3801 goto retry; 3802 } 3803 3804 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function) 3805 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); 3806 } 3807 3808 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 3809 if (Config) { 3810 // CUDA: Kernel calls must be to global functions 3811 if (FDecl && !FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) 3812 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc,diag::err_kern_call_not_global_function) 3813 << FDecl->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange()); 3814 3815 // CUDA: Kernel function must have 'void' return type 3816 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType()) 3817 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_kern_type_not_void_return) 3818 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); 3819 } else { 3820 // CUDA: Calls to global functions must be configured 3821 if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) 3822 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_global_call_not_config) 3823 << FDecl->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange()); 3824 } 3825 } 3826 3827 // Check for a valid return type 3828 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(), 3829 Fn->getLocStart(), TheCall, 3830 FDecl)) 3831 return ExprError(); 3832 3833 // We know the result type of the call, set it. 3834 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getCallResultType(Context)); 3835 TheCall->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(FuncT->getResultType())); 3836 3837 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) { 3838 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs, 3839 RParenLoc, IsExecConfig)) 3840 return ExprError(); 3841 } else { 3842 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!"); 3843 3844 if (FDecl) { 3845 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based 3846 // on our knowledge of the function definition. 3847 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0; 3848 if (FDecl->hasBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) { 3849 const FunctionProtoType *Proto 3850 = Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3851 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) 3852 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments) 3853 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange(); 3854 } 3855 3856 // If the function we're calling isn't a function prototype, but we have 3857 // a function prototype from a prior declaratiom, use that prototype. 3858 if (!FDecl->hasPrototype()) 3859 Proto = FDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3860 } 3861 3862 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6). 3863 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) { 3864 Expr *Arg = Args[i]; 3865 3866 if (Proto && i < Proto->getNumArgs()) { 3867 InitializedEntity Entity 3868 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, 3869 Proto->getArgType(i), 3870 Proto->isArgConsumed(i)); 3871 ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 3872 SourceLocation(), 3873 Owned(Arg)); 3874 if (ArgE.isInvalid()) 3875 return true; 3876 3877 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>(); 3878 3879 } else { 3880 ExprResult ArgE = DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg); 3881 3882 if (ArgE.isInvalid()) 3883 return true; 3884 3885 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>(); 3886 } 3887 3888 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getLocStart(), 3889 Arg->getType(), 3890 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument) 3891 << Arg->getSourceRange())) 3892 return ExprError(); 3893 3894 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg); 3895 } 3896 } 3897 3898 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl)) 3899 if (!Method->isStatic()) 3900 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) 3901 << Fn->getSourceRange()); 3902 3903 // Check for sentinels 3904 if (NDecl) 3905 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs); 3906 3907 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions. 3908 if (FDecl) { 3909 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall)) 3910 return ExprError(); 3911 3912 if (BuiltinID) 3913 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall); 3914 } else if (NDecl) { 3915 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall)) 3916 return ExprError(); 3917 } 3918 3919 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall); 3920} 3921 3922ExprResult 3923Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ParsedType Ty, 3924 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *InitExpr) { 3925 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type"); 3926 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out. 3927 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression"); 3928 3929 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3930 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo); 3931 if (!TInfo) 3932 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType); 3933 3934 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, InitExpr); 3935} 3936 3937ExprResult 3938Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3939 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *LiteralExpr) { 3940 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType(); 3941 3942 if (literalType->isArrayType()) { 3943 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Context.getBaseElementType(literalType), 3944 PDiag(diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type) 3945 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, 3946 LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()))) 3947 return ExprError(); 3948 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType()) 3949 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init) 3950 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())); 3951 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() && 3952 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType, 3953 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3954 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, 3955 LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()))) 3956 return ExprError(); 3957 3958 InitializedEntity Entity 3959 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType); 3960 InitializationKind Kind 3961 = InitializationKind::CreateCStyleCast(LParenLoc, 3962 SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), 3963 /*InitList=*/true); 3964 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &LiteralExpr, 1); 3965 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 3966 MultiExprArg(*this, &LiteralExpr, 1), 3967 &literalType); 3968 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3969 return ExprError(); 3970 LiteralExpr = Result.get(); 3971 3972 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0; 3973 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3 3974 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(LiteralExpr, literalType)) 3975 return ExprError(); 3976 } 3977 3978 // In C, compound literals are l-values for some reason. 3979 ExprValueKind VK = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue; 3980 3981 return MaybeBindToTemporary( 3982 new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType, 3983 VK, LiteralExpr, isFileScope)); 3984} 3985 3986ExprResult 3987Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3988 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 3989 unsigned NumInit = InitArgList.size(); 3990 Expr **InitList = InitArgList.release(); 3991 3992 // Immediately handle non-overload placeholders. Overloads can be 3993 // resolved contextually, but everything else here can't. 3994 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumInit; ++I) { 3995 if (InitList[I]->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { 3996 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(InitList[I]); 3997 3998 // Ignore failures; dropping the entire initializer list because 3999 // of one failure would be terrible for indexing/etc. 4000 if (result.isInvalid()) continue; 4001 4002 InitList[I] = result.take(); 4003 } 4004 } 4005 4006 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and 4007 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized. 4008 4009 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitList, 4010 NumInit, RBraceLoc); 4011 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now. 4012 return Owned(E); 4013} 4014 4015/// Do an explicit extend of the given block pointer if we're in ARC. 4016static void maybeExtendBlockObject(Sema &S, ExprResult &E) { 4017 assert(E.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType()); 4018 assert(E.get()->isRValue()); 4019 4020 // Only do this in an r-value context. 4021 if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) return; 4022 4023 E = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, E.get()->getType(), 4024 CK_ARCExtendBlockObject, E.get(), 4025 /*base path*/ 0, VK_RValue); 4026 S.ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 4027} 4028 4029/// Prepare a conversion of the given expression to an ObjC object 4030/// pointer type. 4031CastKind Sema::PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E) { 4032 QualType type = E.get()->getType(); 4033 if (type->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 4034 return CK_BitCast; 4035 } else if (type->isBlockPointerType()) { 4036 maybeExtendBlockObject(*this, E); 4037 return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; 4038 } else { 4039 assert(type->isPointerType()); 4040 return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; 4041 } 4042} 4043 4044/// Prepares for a scalar cast, performing all the necessary stages 4045/// except the final cast and returning the kind required. 4046CastKind Sema::PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &Src, QualType DestTy) { 4047 // Both Src and Dest are scalar types, i.e. arithmetic or pointer. 4048 // Also, callers should have filtered out the invalid cases with 4049 // pointers. Everything else should be possible. 4050 4051 QualType SrcTy = Src.get()->getType(); 4052 if (const AtomicType *SrcAtomicTy = SrcTy->getAs<AtomicType>()) 4053 SrcTy = SrcAtomicTy->getValueType(); 4054 if (const AtomicType *DestAtomicTy = DestTy->getAs<AtomicType>()) 4055 DestTy = DestAtomicTy->getValueType(); 4056 4057 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy)) 4058 return CK_NoOp; 4059 4060 switch (Type::ScalarTypeKind SrcKind = SrcTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { 4061 case Type::STK_MemberPointer: 4062 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C"); 4063 4064 case Type::STK_CPointer: 4065 case Type::STK_BlockPointer: 4066 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: 4067 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { 4068 case Type::STK_CPointer: 4069 return CK_BitCast; 4070 case Type::STK_BlockPointer: 4071 return (SrcKind == Type::STK_BlockPointer 4072 ? CK_BitCast : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast); 4073 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: 4074 if (SrcKind == Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer) 4075 return CK_BitCast; 4076 if (SrcKind == Type::STK_CPointer) 4077 return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; 4078 maybeExtendBlockObject(*this, Src); 4079 return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; 4080 case Type::STK_Bool: 4081 return CK_PointerToBoolean; 4082 case Type::STK_Integral: 4083 return CK_PointerToIntegral; 4084 case Type::STK_Floating: 4085 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: 4086 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: 4087 case Type::STK_MemberPointer: 4088 llvm_unreachable("illegal cast from pointer"); 4089 } 4090 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this"); 4091 4092 case Type::STK_Bool: // casting from bool is like casting from an integer 4093 case Type::STK_Integral: 4094 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { 4095 case Type::STK_CPointer: 4096 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: 4097 case Type::STK_BlockPointer: 4098 if (Src.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 4099 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 4100 return CK_NullToPointer; 4101 return CK_IntegralToPointer; 4102 case Type::STK_Bool: 4103 return CK_IntegralToBoolean; 4104 case Type::STK_Integral: 4105 return CK_IntegralCast; 4106 case Type::STK_Floating: 4107 return CK_IntegralToFloating; 4108 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: 4109 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(), 4110 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), 4111 CK_IntegralCast); 4112 return CK_IntegralRealToComplex; 4113 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: 4114 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(), 4115 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), 4116 CK_IntegralToFloating); 4117 return CK_FloatingRealToComplex; 4118 case Type::STK_MemberPointer: 4119 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C"); 4120 } 4121 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this"); 4122 4123 case Type::STK_Floating: 4124 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { 4125 case Type::STK_Floating: 4126 return CK_FloatingCast; 4127 case Type::STK_Bool: 4128 return CK_FloatingToBoolean; 4129 case Type::STK_Integral: 4130 return CK_FloatingToIntegral; 4131 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: 4132 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(), 4133 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), 4134 CK_FloatingCast); 4135 return CK_FloatingRealToComplex; 4136 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: 4137 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(), 4138 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), 4139 CK_FloatingToIntegral); 4140 return CK_IntegralRealToComplex; 4141 case Type::STK_CPointer: 4142 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: 4143 case Type::STK_BlockPointer: 4144 llvm_unreachable("valid float->pointer cast?"); 4145 case Type::STK_MemberPointer: 4146 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C"); 4147 } 4148 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this"); 4149 4150 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: 4151 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { 4152 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: 4153 return CK_FloatingComplexCast; 4154 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: 4155 return CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex; 4156 case Type::STK_Floating: { 4157 QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 4158 if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy)) 4159 return CK_FloatingComplexToReal; 4160 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(), ET, CK_FloatingComplexToReal); 4161 return CK_FloatingCast; 4162 } 4163 case Type::STK_Bool: 4164 return CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean; 4165 case Type::STK_Integral: 4166 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(), 4167 SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), 4168 CK_FloatingComplexToReal); 4169 return CK_FloatingToIntegral; 4170 case Type::STK_CPointer: 4171 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: 4172 case Type::STK_BlockPointer: 4173 llvm_unreachable("valid complex float->pointer cast?"); 4174 case Type::STK_MemberPointer: 4175 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C"); 4176 } 4177 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this"); 4178 4179 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: 4180 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { 4181 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: 4182 return CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex; 4183 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: 4184 return CK_IntegralComplexCast; 4185 case Type::STK_Integral: { 4186 QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 4187 if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy)) 4188 return CK_IntegralComplexToReal; 4189 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(), ET, CK_IntegralComplexToReal); 4190 return CK_IntegralCast; 4191 } 4192 case Type::STK_Bool: 4193 return CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean; 4194 case Type::STK_Floating: 4195 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(), 4196 SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), 4197 CK_IntegralComplexToReal); 4198 return CK_IntegralToFloating; 4199 case Type::STK_CPointer: 4200 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: 4201 case Type::STK_BlockPointer: 4202 llvm_unreachable("valid complex int->pointer cast?"); 4203 case Type::STK_MemberPointer: 4204 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C"); 4205 } 4206 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this"); 4207 } 4208 4209 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled scalar cast"); 4210} 4211 4212bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 4213 CastKind &Kind) { 4214 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!"); 4215 4216 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) { 4217 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty)) 4218 return Diag(R.getBegin(), 4219 Ty->isVectorType() ? 4220 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors : 4221 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer) 4222 << VectorTy << Ty << R; 4223 } else 4224 return Diag(R.getBegin(), 4225 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar) 4226 << VectorTy << Ty << R; 4227 4228 Kind = CK_BitCast; 4229 return false; 4230} 4231 4232ExprResult Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, 4233 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &Kind) { 4234 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!"); 4235 4236 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType(); 4237 4238 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to 4239 // an ExtVectorType. 4240 // In OpenCL, casts between vectors of different types are not allowed. 4241 // (See OpenCL 6.2). 4242 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) { 4243 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy) 4244 || (getLangOpts().OpenCL && 4245 (DestTy.getCanonicalType() != SrcTy.getCanonicalType()))) { 4246 Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors) 4247 << DestTy << SrcTy << R; 4248 return ExprError(); 4249 } 4250 Kind = CK_BitCast; 4251 return Owned(CastExpr); 4252 } 4253 4254 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate 4255 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then 4256 // splat from elt type to vector. 4257 if (SrcTy->isPointerType()) 4258 return Diag(R.getBegin(), 4259 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar) 4260 << DestTy << SrcTy << R; 4261 4262 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType(); 4263 ExprResult CastExprRes = Owned(CastExpr); 4264 CastKind CK = PrepareScalarCast(CastExprRes, DestElemTy); 4265 if (CastExprRes.isInvalid()) 4266 return ExprError(); 4267 CastExpr = ImpCastExprToType(CastExprRes.take(), DestElemTy, CK).take(); 4268 4269 Kind = CK_VectorSplat; 4270 return Owned(CastExpr); 4271} 4272 4273ExprResult 4274Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4275 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 4276 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr) { 4277 assert(!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != 0) && 4278 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr"); 4279 4280 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo = GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(D, CastExpr->getType()); 4281 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4282 return ExprError(); 4283 4284 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4285 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4286 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4287 } 4288 4289 checkUnusedDeclAttributes(D); 4290 4291 QualType castType = castTInfo->getType(); 4292 Ty = CreateParsedType(castType, castTInfo); 4293 4294 bool isVectorLiteral = false; 4295 4296 // Check for an altivec or OpenCL literal, 4297 // i.e. all the elements are integer constants. 4298 ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(CastExpr); 4299 ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr); 4300 if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().OpenCL) 4301 && castType->isVectorType() && (PE || PLE)) { 4302 if (PLE && PLE->getNumExprs() == 0) { 4303 Diag(PLE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer); 4304 return ExprError(); 4305 } 4306 if (PE || PLE->getNumExprs() == 1) { 4307 Expr *E = (PE ? PE->getSubExpr() : PLE->getExpr(0)); 4308 if (!E->getType()->isVectorType()) 4309 isVectorLiteral = true; 4310 } 4311 else 4312 isVectorLiteral = true; 4313 } 4314 4315 // If this is a vector initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')' 4316 // then handle it as such. 4317 if (isVectorLiteral) 4318 return BuildVectorLiteral(LParenLoc, RParenLoc, CastExpr, castTInfo); 4319 4320 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially. 4321 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a 4322 // sequence of BinOp comma operators. 4323 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr)) { 4324 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, CastExpr); 4325 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 4326 CastExpr = Result.take(); 4327 } 4328 4329 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, CastExpr); 4330} 4331 4332ExprResult Sema::BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4333 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 4334 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 4335 assert((isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa<ParenExpr>(E)) && 4336 "Expected paren or paren list expression"); 4337 4338 Expr **exprs; 4339 unsigned numExprs; 4340 Expr *subExpr; 4341 if (ParenListExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(E)) { 4342 exprs = PE->getExprs(); 4343 numExprs = PE->getNumExprs(); 4344 } else { 4345 subExpr = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(); 4346 exprs = &subExpr; 4347 numExprs = 1; 4348 } 4349 4350 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); 4351 assert(Ty->isVectorType() && "Expected vector type"); 4352 4353 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs; 4354 const VectorType *VTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>(); 4355 unsigned numElems = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements(); 4356 4357 // '(...)' form of vector initialization in AltiVec: the number of 4358 // initializers must be one or must match the size of the vector. 4359 // If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will be 4360 // replicated to all the components of the vector 4361 if (VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector) { 4362 // The number of initializers must be one or must match the size of the 4363 // vector. If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will 4364 // be replicated to all the components of the vector 4365 if (numExprs == 1) { 4366 QualType ElemTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType(); 4367 ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]); 4368 if (Literal.isInvalid()) 4369 return ExprError(); 4370 Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.take(), ElemTy, 4371 PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy)); 4372 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.take()); 4373 } 4374 else if (numExprs < numElems) { 4375 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), 4376 diag::err_incorrect_number_of_vector_initializers); 4377 return ExprError(); 4378 } 4379 else 4380 initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs); 4381 } 4382 else { 4383 // For OpenCL, when the number of initializers is a single value, 4384 // it will be replicated to all components of the vector. 4385 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && 4386 VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector && 4387 numExprs == 1) { 4388 QualType ElemTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType(); 4389 ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]); 4390 if (Literal.isInvalid()) 4391 return ExprError(); 4392 Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.take(), ElemTy, 4393 PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy)); 4394 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.take()); 4395 } 4396 4397 initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs); 4398 } 4399 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly 4400 // braces instead of the original commas. 4401 InitListExpr *initE = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LParenLoc, 4402 &initExprs[0], 4403 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc); 4404 initE->setType(Ty); 4405 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, initE); 4406} 4407 4408/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast or or C++ direct-initialization, so turn 4409/// the ParenListExpr into a sequence of comma binary operators. 4410ExprResult 4411Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *OrigExpr) { 4412 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(OrigExpr); 4413 if (!E) 4414 return Owned(OrigExpr); 4415 4416 ExprResult Result(E->getExpr(0)); 4417 4418 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i) 4419 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, Result.get(), 4420 E->getExpr(i)); 4421 4422 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 4423 4424 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), Result.get()); 4425} 4426 4427ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 4428 SourceLocation R, 4429 MultiExprArg Val) { 4430 unsigned nexprs = Val.size(); 4431 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release()); 4432 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list"); 4433 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R); 4434 return Owned(expr); 4435} 4436 4437/// \brief Emit a specialized diagnostic when one expression is a null pointer 4438/// constant and the other is not a pointer. Returns true if a diagnostic is 4439/// emitted. 4440bool Sema::DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 4441 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 4442 Expr *NullExpr = LHSExpr; 4443 Expr *NonPointerExpr = RHSExpr; 4444 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind = 4445 NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 4446 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull); 4447 4448 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull) { 4449 NullExpr = RHSExpr; 4450 NonPointerExpr = LHSExpr; 4451 NullKind = 4452 NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 4453 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull); 4454 } 4455 4456 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull) 4457 return false; 4458 4459 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroInteger) { 4460 // In this case, check to make sure that we got here from a "NULL" 4461 // string in the source code. 4462 NullExpr = NullExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 4463 SourceLocation loc = NullExpr->getExprLoc(); 4464 if (!findMacroSpelling(loc, "NULL")) 4465 return false; 4466 } 4467 4468 int DiagType = (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX0X_nullptr); 4469 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_null) 4470 << NonPointerExpr->getType() << DiagType 4471 << NonPointerExpr->getSourceRange(); 4472 return true; 4473} 4474 4475/// \brief Return false if the condition expression is valid, true otherwise. 4476static bool checkCondition(Sema &S, Expr *Cond) { 4477 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType(); 4478 4479 // C99 6.5.15p2 4480 if (CondTy->isScalarType()) return false; 4481 4482 // OpenCL: Sec 6.3.i says the condition is allowed to be a vector or scalar. 4483 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && CondTy->isVectorType()) 4484 return false; 4485 4486 // Emit the proper error message. 4487 S.Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), S.getLangOpts().OpenCL ? 4488 diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar : 4489 diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar_or_vector) 4490 << CondTy; 4491 return true; 4492} 4493 4494/// \brief Return false if the two expressions can be converted to a vector, 4495/// true otherwise 4496static bool checkConditionalConvertScalarsToVectors(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, 4497 ExprResult &RHS, 4498 QualType CondTy) { 4499 // Both operands should be of scalar type. 4500 if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType()) { 4501 S.Diag(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar) 4502 << CondTy; 4503 return true; 4504 } 4505 if (!RHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType()) { 4506 S.Diag(RHS.get()->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar) 4507 << CondTy; 4508 return true; 4509 } 4510 4511 // Implicity convert these scalars to the type of the condition. 4512 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), CondTy, CK_IntegralCast); 4513 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), CondTy, CK_IntegralCast); 4514 return false; 4515} 4516 4517/// \brief Handle when one or both operands are void type. 4518static QualType checkConditionalVoidType(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, 4519 ExprResult &RHS) { 4520 Expr *LHSExpr = LHS.get(); 4521 Expr *RHSExpr = RHS.get(); 4522 4523 if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType()) 4524 S.Diag(RHSExpr->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void) 4525 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange(); 4526 if (!RHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType()) 4527 S.Diag(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void) 4528 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange(); 4529 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid); 4530 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid); 4531 return S.Context.VoidTy; 4532} 4533 4534/// \brief Return false if the NullExpr can be promoted to PointerTy, 4535/// true otherwise. 4536static bool checkConditionalNullPointer(Sema &S, ExprResult &NullExpr, 4537 QualType PointerTy) { 4538 if ((!PointerTy->isAnyPointerType() && !PointerTy->isBlockPointerType()) || 4539 !NullExpr.get()->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, 4540 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 4541 return true; 4542 4543 NullExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(NullExpr.take(), PointerTy, CK_NullToPointer); 4544 return false; 4545} 4546 4547/// \brief Checks compatibility between two pointers and return the resulting 4548/// type. 4549static QualType checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, 4550 ExprResult &RHS, 4551 SourceLocation Loc) { 4552 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4553 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4554 4555 if (S.Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, RHSTy)) { 4556 // Two identical pointers types are always compatible. 4557 return LHSTy; 4558 } 4559 4560 QualType lhptee, rhptee; 4561 4562 // Get the pointee types. 4563 if (const BlockPointerType *LHSBTy = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { 4564 lhptee = LHSBTy->getPointeeType(); 4565 rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4566 } else { 4567 lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4568 rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4569 } 4570 4571 if (!S.Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), 4572 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) { 4573 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers) 4574 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() 4575 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4576 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good 4577 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick 4578 // to get a consistent AST. 4579 QualType incompatTy = S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.VoidTy); 4580 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast); 4581 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast); 4582 return incompatTy; 4583 } 4584 4585 // The pointer types are compatible. 4586 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to 4587 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is 4588 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite* 4589 // type. 4590 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type. 4591 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers 4592 4593 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast); 4594 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast); 4595 return LHSTy; 4596} 4597 4598/// \brief Return the resulting type when the operands are both block pointers. 4599static QualType checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(Sema &S, 4600 ExprResult &LHS, 4601 ExprResult &RHS, 4602 SourceLocation Loc) { 4603 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4604 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4605 4606 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) { 4607 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) { 4608 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.VoidTy); 4609 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast); 4610 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast); 4611 return destType; 4612 } 4613 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 4614 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() 4615 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4616 return QualType(); 4617 } 4618 4619 // We have 2 block pointer types. 4620 return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc); 4621} 4622 4623/// \brief Return the resulting type when the operands are both pointers. 4624static QualType 4625checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, 4626 ExprResult &RHS, 4627 SourceLocation Loc) { 4628 // get the pointer types 4629 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4630 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4631 4632 // get the "pointed to" types 4633 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4634 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4635 4636 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6) 4637 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) { 4638 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6) 4639 QualType destPointee 4640 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers()); 4641 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee); 4642 // Add qualifiers if necessary. 4643 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_NoOp); 4644 // Promote to void*. 4645 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast); 4646 return destType; 4647 } 4648 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) { 4649 QualType destPointee 4650 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers()); 4651 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee); 4652 // Add qualifiers if necessary. 4653 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_NoOp); 4654 // Promote to void*. 4655 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast); 4656 return destType; 4657 } 4658 4659 return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc); 4660} 4661 4662/// \brief Return false if the first expression is not an integer and the second 4663/// expression is not a pointer, true otherwise. 4664static bool checkPointerIntegerMismatch(Sema &S, ExprResult &Int, 4665 Expr* PointerExpr, SourceLocation Loc, 4666 bool IsIntFirstExpr) { 4667 if (!PointerExpr->getType()->isPointerType() || 4668 !Int.get()->getType()->isIntegerType()) 4669 return false; 4670 4671 Expr *Expr1 = IsIntFirstExpr ? Int.get() : PointerExpr; 4672 Expr *Expr2 = IsIntFirstExpr ? PointerExpr : Int.get(); 4673 4674 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch) 4675 << Expr1->getType() << Expr2->getType() 4676 << Expr1->getSourceRange() << Expr2->getSourceRange(); 4677 Int = S.ImpCastExprToType(Int.take(), PointerExpr->getType(), 4678 CK_IntegralToPointer); 4679 return true; 4680} 4681 4682/// Note that LHS is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension. 4683/// In that case, LHS = cond. 4684/// C99 6.5.15 4685QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, 4686 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 4687 ExprObjectKind &OK, 4688 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 4689 4690 ExprResult LHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get()); 4691 if (!LHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType(); 4692 LHS = move(LHSResult); 4693 4694 ExprResult RHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get()); 4695 if (!RHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType(); 4696 RHS = move(RHSResult); 4697 4698 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker. 4699 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4700 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, VK, OK, QuestionLoc); 4701 4702 VK = VK_RValue; 4703 OK = OK_Ordinary; 4704 4705 Cond = UsualUnaryConversions(Cond.take()); 4706 if (Cond.isInvalid()) 4707 return QualType(); 4708 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.take()); 4709 if (LHS.isInvalid()) 4710 return QualType(); 4711 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.take()); 4712 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 4713 return QualType(); 4714 4715 QualType CondTy = Cond.get()->getType(); 4716 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4717 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4718 4719 // first, check the condition. 4720 if (checkCondition(*this, Cond.get())) 4721 return QualType(); 4722 4723 // Now check the two expressions. 4724 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType()) 4725 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false); 4726 4727 // OpenCL: If the condition is a vector, and both operands are scalar, 4728 // attempt to implicity convert them to the vector type to act like the 4729 // built in select. 4730 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && CondTy->isVectorType()) 4731 if (checkConditionalConvertScalarsToVectors(*this, LHS, RHS, CondTy)) 4732 return QualType(); 4733 4734 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions 4735 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5. 4736 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) { 4737 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS); 4738 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 4739 return QualType(); 4740 return LHS.get()->getType(); 4741 } 4742 4743 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that 4744 // type. 4745 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3 4746 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) 4747 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl()) 4748 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has 4749 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped. 4750 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType(); 4751 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode. 4752 } 4753 4754 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type." 4755 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism). 4756 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) { 4757 return checkConditionalVoidType(*this, LHS, RHS); 4758 } 4759 4760 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has 4761 // the type of the other operand." 4762 if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, RHS, LHSTy)) return LHSTy; 4763 if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, LHS, RHSTy)) return RHSTy; 4764 4765 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here. 4766 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, 4767 QuestionLoc); 4768 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 4769 return QualType(); 4770 if (!compositeType.isNull()) 4771 return compositeType; 4772 4773 4774 // Handle block pointer types. 4775 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) 4776 return checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS, 4777 QuestionLoc); 4778 4779 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6). 4780 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) 4781 return checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS, 4782 QuestionLoc); 4783 4784 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch. Note that 4785 // null pointers have been filtered out by this point. 4786 if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, LHS, RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, 4787 /*isIntFirstExpr=*/true)) 4788 return RHSTy; 4789 if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, RHS, LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, 4790 /*isIntFirstExpr=*/false)) 4791 return LHSTy; 4792 4793 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer 4794 // constant and the other is not a pointer type. In this case, the user most 4795 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression. 4796 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 4797 return QualType(); 4798 4799 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible. 4800 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 4801 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() 4802 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4803 return QualType(); 4804} 4805 4806/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of 4807/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions. 4808QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4809 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 4810 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 4811 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 4812 4813 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result 4814 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the 4815 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields. 4816 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() && 4817 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) { 4818 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); 4819 return LHSTy; 4820 } 4821 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() && 4822 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) { 4823 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); 4824 return RHSTy; 4825 } 4826 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id 4827 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() && 4828 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) { 4829 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); 4830 return LHSTy; 4831 } 4832 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() && 4833 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) { 4834 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); 4835 return RHSTy; 4836 } 4837 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL 4838 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) && 4839 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) { 4840 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast); 4841 return LHSTy; 4842 } 4843 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) && 4844 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) { 4845 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSTy, CK_BitCast); 4846 return RHSTy; 4847 } 4848 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types. 4849 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 4850 4851 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) { 4852 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible. 4853 return LHSTy; 4854 } 4855 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 4856 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 4857 QualType compositeType = LHSTy; 4858 4859 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be 4860 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite 4861 // type. This allows 4862 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b 4863 // where B is a subclass of A. 4864 // 4865 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id' 4866 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are 4867 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite 4868 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to. 4869 4870 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'. 4871 // It could return the composite type. 4872 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) { 4873 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy; 4874 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) { 4875 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy; 4876 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || 4877 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) && 4878 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) { 4879 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. 4880 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to 4881 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be 4882 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible. 4883 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType(); 4884 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) { 4885 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType(); 4886 } else if (!(compositeType = 4887 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull()) 4888 ; 4889 else { 4890 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 4891 << LHSTy << RHSTy 4892 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4893 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType(); 4894 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast); 4895 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast); 4896 return incompatTy; 4897 } 4898 // The object pointer types are compatible. 4899 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), compositeType, CK_BitCast); 4900 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), compositeType, CK_BitCast); 4901 return compositeType; 4902 } 4903 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *' 4904 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 4905 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { 4906 // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *', 4907 // so these types are not compatible. 4908 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy 4909 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4910 LHS = RHS = true; 4911 return QualType(); 4912 } 4913 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4914 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4915 QualType destPointee 4916 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers()); 4917 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); 4918 // Add qualifiers if necessary. 4919 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_NoOp); 4920 // Promote to void*. 4921 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast); 4922 return destType; 4923 } 4924 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) { 4925 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { 4926 // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *', 4927 // so these types are not compatible. 4928 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy 4929 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4930 LHS = RHS = true; 4931 return QualType(); 4932 } 4933 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4934 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4935 QualType destPointee 4936 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers()); 4937 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee); 4938 // Add qualifiers if necessary. 4939 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_NoOp); 4940 // Promote to void*. 4941 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast); 4942 return destType; 4943 } 4944 return QualType(); 4945} 4946 4947/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a note with a fixit hint that wraps 4948/// ParenRange in parentheses. 4949static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc, 4950 const PartialDiagnostic &Note, 4951 SourceRange ParenRange) { 4952 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd()); 4953 if (ParenRange.getBegin().isFileID() && ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() && 4954 EndLoc.isValid()) { 4955 Self.Diag(Loc, Note) 4956 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(") 4957 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")"); 4958 } else { 4959 // We can't display the parentheses, so just show the bare note. 4960 Self.Diag(Loc, Note) << ParenRange; 4961 } 4962} 4963 4964static bool IsArithmeticOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { 4965 return Opc >= BO_Mul && Opc <= BO_Shr; 4966} 4967 4968/// IsArithmeticBinaryExpr - Returns true if E is an arithmetic binary 4969/// expression, either using a built-in or overloaded operator, 4970/// and sets *OpCode to the opcode and *RHSExprs to the right-hand side 4971/// expression. 4972static bool IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Expr *E, BinaryOperatorKind *Opcode, 4973 Expr **RHSExprs) { 4974 // Don't strip parenthesis: we should not warn if E is in parenthesis. 4975 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts(); 4976 E = E->IgnoreConversionOperator(); 4977 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts(); 4978 4979 // Built-in binary operator. 4980 if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 4981 if (IsArithmeticOp(OP->getOpcode())) { 4982 *Opcode = OP->getOpcode(); 4983 *RHSExprs = OP->getRHS(); 4984 return true; 4985 } 4986 } 4987 4988 // Overloaded operator. 4989 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) { 4990 if (Call->getNumArgs() != 2) 4991 return false; 4992 4993 // Make sure this is really a binary operator that is safe to pass into 4994 // BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(), e.g. it's not a subscript op. 4995 OverloadedOperatorKind OO = Call->getOperator(); 4996 if (OO < OO_Plus || OO > OO_Arrow) 4997 return false; 4998 4999 BinaryOperatorKind OpKind = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(OO); 5000 if (IsArithmeticOp(OpKind)) { 5001 *Opcode = OpKind; 5002 *RHSExprs = Call->getArg(1); 5003 return true; 5004 } 5005 } 5006 5007 return false; 5008} 5009 5010static bool IsLogicOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { 5011 return (Opc >= BO_LT && Opc <= BO_NE) || (Opc >= BO_LAnd && Opc <= BO_LOr); 5012} 5013 5014/// ExprLooksBoolean - Returns true if E looks boolean, i.e. it has boolean type 5015/// or is a logical expression such as (x==y) which has int type, but is 5016/// commonly interpreted as boolean. 5017static bool ExprLooksBoolean(Expr *E) { 5018 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5019 5020 if (E->getType()->isBooleanType()) 5021 return true; 5022 if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) 5023 return IsLogicOp(OP->getOpcode()); 5024 if (UnaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) 5025 return OP->getOpcode() == UO_LNot; 5026 5027 return false; 5028} 5029 5030/// DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence - Emit a warning when a conditional operator 5031/// and binary operator are mixed in a way that suggests the programmer assumed 5032/// the conditional operator has higher precedence, for example: 5033/// "int x = a + someBinaryCondition ? 1 : 2". 5034static void DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(Sema &Self, 5035 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5036 Expr *Condition, 5037 Expr *LHSExpr, 5038 Expr *RHSExpr) { 5039 BinaryOperatorKind CondOpcode; 5040 Expr *CondRHS; 5041 5042 if (!IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Condition, &CondOpcode, &CondRHS)) 5043 return; 5044 if (!ExprLooksBoolean(CondRHS)) 5045 return; 5046 5047 // The condition is an arithmetic binary expression, with a right- 5048 // hand side that looks boolean, so warn. 5049 5050 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_conditional) 5051 << Condition->getSourceRange() 5052 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode); 5053 5054 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, 5055 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_conditional_silence) 5056 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode), 5057 SourceRange(Condition->getLocStart(), Condition->getLocEnd())); 5058 5059 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, 5060 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_conditional_first), 5061 SourceRange(CondRHS->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd())); 5062} 5063 5064/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 5065/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 5066ExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 5067 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 5068 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 5069 Expr *RHSExpr) { 5070 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS 5071 // was the condition. 5072 OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue = 0; 5073 Expr *commonExpr = 0; 5074 if (LHSExpr == 0) { 5075 commonExpr = CondExpr; 5076 5077 // We usually want to apply unary conversions *before* saving, except 5078 // in the special case of a C++ l-value conditional. 5079 if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 5080 && !commonExpr->isTypeDependent() 5081 && commonExpr->getValueKind() == RHSExpr->getValueKind() 5082 && commonExpr->isGLValue() 5083 && commonExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() 5084 && RHSExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() 5085 && Context.hasSameType(commonExpr->getType(), RHSExpr->getType()))) { 5086 ExprResult commonRes = UsualUnaryConversions(commonExpr); 5087 if (commonRes.isInvalid()) 5088 return ExprError(); 5089 commonExpr = commonRes.take(); 5090 } 5091 5092 opaqueValue = new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(commonExpr->getExprLoc(), 5093 commonExpr->getType(), 5094 commonExpr->getValueKind(), 5095 commonExpr->getObjectKind(), 5096 commonExpr); 5097 LHSExpr = CondExpr = opaqueValue; 5098 } 5099 5100 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue; 5101 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; 5102 ExprResult Cond = Owned(CondExpr), LHS = Owned(LHSExpr), RHS = Owned(RHSExpr); 5103 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, 5104 VK, OK, QuestionLoc); 5105 if (result.isNull() || Cond.isInvalid() || LHS.isInvalid() || 5106 RHS.isInvalid()) 5107 return ExprError(); 5108 5109 DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(*this, QuestionLoc, Cond.get(), LHS.get(), 5110 RHS.get()); 5111 5112 if (!commonExpr) 5113 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(Cond.take(), QuestionLoc, 5114 LHS.take(), ColonLoc, 5115 RHS.take(), result, VK, OK)); 5116 5117 return Owned(new (Context) 5118 BinaryConditionalOperator(commonExpr, opaqueValue, Cond.take(), LHS.take(), 5119 RHS.take(), QuestionLoc, ColonLoc, result, VK, 5120 OK)); 5121} 5122 5123// checkPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite 5124// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this 5125// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee. 5126// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3]. 5127// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment. 5128static Sema::AssignConvertType 5129checkPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) { 5130 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!"); 5131 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!"); 5132 5133 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level) 5134 const Type *lhptee, *rhptee; 5135 Qualifiers lhq, rhq; 5136 llvm::tie(lhptee, lhq) = cast<PointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType().split(); 5137 llvm::tie(rhptee, rhq) = cast<PointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType().split(); 5138 5139 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible; 5140 5141 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints 5142 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the 5143 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right; 5144 Qualifiers lq; 5145 5146 // As a special case, 'non-__weak A *' -> 'non-__weak const *' is okay. 5147 if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime() && 5148 lhq.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(rhq)) { 5149 // Ignore lifetime for further calculation. 5150 lhq.removeObjCLifetime(); 5151 rhq.removeObjCLifetime(); 5152 } 5153 5154 if (!lhq.compatiblyIncludes(rhq)) { 5155 // Treat address-space mismatches as fatal. TODO: address subspaces 5156 if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace()) 5157 ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; 5158 5159 // It's okay to add or remove GC or lifetime qualifiers when converting to 5160 // and from void*. 5161 else if (lhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime() 5162 .compatiblyIncludes( 5163 rhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime()) 5164 && (lhptee->isVoidType() || rhptee->isVoidType())) 5165 ; // keep old 5166 5167 // Treat lifetime mismatches as fatal. 5168 else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime()) 5169 ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; 5170 5171 // For GCC compatibility, other qualifier mismatches are treated 5172 // as still compatible in C. 5173 else ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; 5174 } 5175 5176 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or 5177 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified 5178 // version of void... 5179 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) { 5180 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) 5181 return ConvTy; 5182 5183 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer. 5184 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType()); 5185 return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer; 5186 } 5187 5188 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) { 5189 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) 5190 return ConvTy; 5191 5192 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer. 5193 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType()); 5194 return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer; 5195 } 5196 5197 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or 5198 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ... 5199 QualType ltrans = QualType(lhptee, 0), rtrans = QualType(rhptee, 0); 5200 if (!S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ltrans, rtrans)) { 5201 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign. 5202 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs 5203 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned. 5204 if (lhptee->isCharType()) 5205 ltrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy; 5206 else if (lhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) 5207 ltrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(ltrans); 5208 5209 if (rhptee->isCharType()) 5210 rtrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy; 5211 else if (rhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) 5212 rtrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rtrans); 5213 5214 if (ltrans == rtrans) { 5215 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility 5216 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign 5217 // warning can be disabled. 5218 if (ConvTy != Sema::Compatible) 5219 return ConvTy; 5220 5221 return Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign; 5222 } 5223 5224 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply 5225 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If 5226 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same 5227 // level of indirection, this must be the issue. 5228 if (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee)) { 5229 do { 5230 lhptee = cast<PointerType>(lhptee)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); 5231 rhptee = cast<PointerType>(rhptee)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); 5232 } while (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee)); 5233 5234 if (lhptee == rhptee) 5235 return Sema::IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers; 5236 } 5237 5238 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers. 5239 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer; 5240 } 5241 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5242 S.IsNoReturnConversion(ltrans, rtrans, ltrans)) 5243 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer; 5244 return ConvTy; 5245} 5246 5247/// checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two 5248/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer 5249/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer 5250// types. 5251static Sema::AssignConvertType 5252checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, 5253 QualType RHSType) { 5254 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!"); 5255 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!"); 5256 5257 QualType lhptee, rhptee; 5258 5259 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level) 5260 lhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType(); 5261 rhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType(); 5262 5263 // In C++, the types have to match exactly. 5264 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5265 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer; 5266 5267 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible; 5268 5269 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical. 5270 if (lhptee.getLocalQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalQualifiers()) 5271 ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; 5272 5273 if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) 5274 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer; 5275 5276 return ConvTy; 5277} 5278 5279/// checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types 5280/// for assignment compatibility. 5281static Sema::AssignConvertType 5282checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, 5283 QualType RHSType) { 5284 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS was not canonicalized!"); 5285 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS was not canonicalized!"); 5286 5287 if (LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 5288 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers. 5289 if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() && !RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() && 5290 !RHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) 5291 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer; 5292 return Sema::Compatible; 5293 } 5294 if (RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 5295 if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() && !LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() && 5296 !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) 5297 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer; 5298 return Sema::Compatible; 5299 } 5300 QualType lhptee = LHSType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5301 QualType rhptee = RHSType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5302 5303 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee) && 5304 // make an exception for id<P> 5305 !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 5306 return Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; 5307 5308 if (S.Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) 5309 return Sema::Compatible; 5310 if (LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 5311 return Sema::IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId; 5312 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer; 5313} 5314 5315Sema::AssignConvertType 5316Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 5317 QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) { 5318 // Fake up an opaque expression. We don't actually care about what 5319 // cast operations are required, so if CheckAssignmentConstraints 5320 // adds casts to this they'll be wasted, but fortunately that doesn't 5321 // usually happen on valid code. 5322 OpaqueValueExpr RHSExpr(Loc, RHSType, VK_RValue); 5323 ExprResult RHSPtr = &RHSExpr; 5324 CastKind K = CK_Invalid; 5325 5326 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSPtr, K); 5327} 5328 5329/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently 5330/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking 5331/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings: 5332/// 5333/// int a, *pint; 5334/// short *pshort; 5335/// struct foo *pfoo; 5336/// 5337/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type 5338/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast 5339/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast 5340/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type 5341/// 5342/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the 5343/// C99 spec dictates. 5344/// 5345/// Sets 'Kind' for any result kind except Incompatible. 5346Sema::AssignConvertType 5347Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, 5348 CastKind &Kind) { 5349 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); 5350 QualType OrigLHSType = LHSType; 5351 5352 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing 5353 // them. 5354 LHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(LHSType).getUnqualifiedType(); 5355 RHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(RHSType).getUnqualifiedType(); 5356 5357 5358 // Common case: no conversion required. 5359 if (LHSType == RHSType) { 5360 Kind = CK_NoOp; 5361 return Compatible; 5362 } 5363 5364 if (const AtomicType *AtomicTy = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(LHSType)) { 5365 if (AtomicTy->getValueType() == RHSType) { 5366 Kind = CK_NonAtomicToAtomic; 5367 return Compatible; 5368 } 5369 } 5370 5371 if (const AtomicType *AtomicTy = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(RHSType)) { 5372 if (AtomicTy->getValueType() == LHSType) { 5373 Kind = CK_AtomicToNonAtomic; 5374 return Compatible; 5375 } 5376 } 5377 5378 5379 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a 5380 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C, 5381 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case, 5382 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the 5383 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting 5384 // LHSType so that the resulting expression does not have reference 5385 // type. 5386 if (const ReferenceType *LHSTypeRef = LHSType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 5387 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSTypeRef->getPointeeType(), RHSType)) { 5388 Kind = CK_LValueBitCast; 5389 return Compatible; 5390 } 5391 return Incompatible; 5392 } 5393 5394 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type 5395 // to the same ExtVector type. 5396 if (LHSType->isExtVectorType()) { 5397 if (RHSType->isExtVectorType()) 5398 return Incompatible; 5399 if (RHSType->isArithmeticType()) { 5400 // CK_VectorSplat does T -> vector T, so first cast to the 5401 // element type. 5402 QualType elType = cast<ExtVectorType>(LHSType)->getElementType(); 5403 if (elType != RHSType) { 5404 Kind = PrepareScalarCast(RHS, elType); 5405 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), elType, Kind); 5406 } 5407 Kind = CK_VectorSplat; 5408 return Compatible; 5409 } 5410 } 5411 5412 // Conversions to or from vector type. 5413 if (LHSType->isVectorType() || RHSType->isVectorType()) { 5414 if (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isVectorType()) { 5415 // Allow assignments of an AltiVec vector type to an equivalent GCC 5416 // vector type and vice versa 5417 if (Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) { 5418 Kind = CK_BitCast; 5419 return Compatible; 5420 } 5421 5422 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both 5423 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast; 5424 // no bits are changed but the result type is different. 5425 if (getLangOpts().LaxVectorConversions && 5426 (Context.getTypeSize(LHSType) == Context.getTypeSize(RHSType))) { 5427 Kind = CK_BitCast; 5428 return IncompatibleVectors; 5429 } 5430 } 5431 return Incompatible; 5432 } 5433 5434 // Arithmetic conversions. 5435 if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType() && 5436 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHSType->isEnumeralType())) { 5437 Kind = PrepareScalarCast(RHS, LHSType); 5438 return Compatible; 5439 } 5440 5441 // Conversions to normal pointers. 5442 if (const PointerType *LHSPointer = dyn_cast<PointerType>(LHSType)) { 5443 // U* -> T* 5444 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) { 5445 Kind = CK_BitCast; 5446 return checkPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType); 5447 } 5448 5449 // int -> T* 5450 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) { 5451 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null? 5452 return IntToPointer; 5453 } 5454 5455 // C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers, 5456 // with two exceptions: 5457 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) { 5458 // - conversions to void* 5459 if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { 5460 Kind = CK_BitCast; 5461 return Compatible; 5462 } 5463 5464 // - conversions from 'Class' to the redefinition type 5465 if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() && 5466 Context.hasSameType(LHSType, 5467 Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) { 5468 Kind = CK_BitCast; 5469 return Compatible; 5470 } 5471 5472 Kind = CK_BitCast; 5473 return IncompatiblePointer; 5474 } 5475 5476 // U^ -> void* 5477 if (RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { 5478 if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { 5479 Kind = CK_BitCast; 5480 return Compatible; 5481 } 5482 } 5483 5484 return Incompatible; 5485 } 5486 5487 // Conversions to block pointers. 5488 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)) { 5489 // U^ -> T^ 5490 if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) { 5491 Kind = CK_BitCast; 5492 return checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType); 5493 } 5494 5495 // int or null -> T^ 5496 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) { 5497 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null 5498 return IntToBlockPointer; 5499 } 5500 5501 // id -> T^ 5502 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && RHSType->isObjCIdType()) { 5503 Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast; 5504 return Compatible; 5505 } 5506 5507 // void* -> T^ 5508 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) 5509 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { 5510 Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast; 5511 return Compatible; 5512 } 5513 5514 return Incompatible; 5515 } 5516 5517 // Conversions to Objective-C pointers. 5518 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(LHSType)) { 5519 // A* -> B* 5520 if (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 5521 Kind = CK_BitCast; 5522 Sema::AssignConvertType result = 5523 checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType); 5524 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 5525 result == Compatible && 5526 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(OrigLHSType, RHSType)) 5527 result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef; 5528 return result; 5529 } 5530 5531 // int or null -> A* 5532 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) { 5533 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null 5534 return IntToPointer; 5535 } 5536 5537 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers, 5538 // with two exceptions: 5539 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) { 5540 Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; 5541 5542 // - conversions from 'void*' 5543 if (RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) { 5544 return Compatible; 5545 } 5546 5547 // - conversions to 'Class' from its redefinition type 5548 if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() && 5549 Context.hasSameType(RHSType, 5550 Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) { 5551 return Compatible; 5552 } 5553 5554 return IncompatiblePointer; 5555 } 5556 5557 // T^ -> A* 5558 if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) { 5559 maybeExtendBlockObject(*this, RHS); 5560 Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; 5561 return Compatible; 5562 } 5563 5564 return Incompatible; 5565 } 5566 5567 // Conversions from pointers that are not covered by the above. 5568 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) { 5569 // T* -> _Bool 5570 if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) { 5571 Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean; 5572 return Compatible; 5573 } 5574 5575 // T* -> int 5576 if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) { 5577 Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral; 5578 return PointerToInt; 5579 } 5580 5581 return Incompatible; 5582 } 5583 5584 // Conversions from Objective-C pointers that are not covered by the above. 5585 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) { 5586 // T* -> _Bool 5587 if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) { 5588 Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean; 5589 return Compatible; 5590 } 5591 5592 // T* -> int 5593 if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) { 5594 Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral; 5595 return PointerToInt; 5596 } 5597 5598 return Incompatible; 5599 } 5600 5601 // struct A -> struct B 5602 if (isa<TagType>(LHSType) && isa<TagType>(RHSType)) { 5603 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) { 5604 Kind = CK_NoOp; 5605 return Compatible; 5606 } 5607 } 5608 5609 return Incompatible; 5610} 5611 5612/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is 5613/// used to initialize the transparent union. 5614static void ConstructTransparentUnion(Sema &S, ASTContext &C, 5615 ExprResult &EResult, QualType UnionType, 5616 FieldDecl *Field) { 5617 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member 5618 // of the transparent union. 5619 Expr *E = EResult.take(); 5620 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(), 5621 &E, 1, 5622 SourceLocation()); 5623 Initializer->setType(UnionType); 5624 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field); 5625 5626 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent 5627 // union type from this initializer list. 5628 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType); 5629 EResult = S.Owned( 5630 new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType, 5631 VK_RValue, Initializer, false)); 5632} 5633 5634Sema::AssignConvertType 5635Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 5636 ExprResult &RHS) { 5637 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); 5638 5639 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential 5640 // transparent_union GCC extension. 5641 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType(); 5642 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) 5643 return Incompatible; 5644 5645 // The field to initialize within the transparent union. 5646 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 5647 FieldDecl *InitField = 0; 5648 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields. 5649 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 5650 itend = UD->field_end(); 5651 it != itend; ++it) { 5652 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) { 5653 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow: 5654 // 1) void pointer 5655 // 2) null pointer constant 5656 if (RHSType->isPointerType()) 5657 if (RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { 5658 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), it->getType(), CK_BitCast); 5659 InitField = *it; 5660 break; 5661 } 5662 5663 if (RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 5664 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5665 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), it->getType(), 5666 CK_NullToPointer); 5667 InitField = *it; 5668 break; 5669 } 5670 } 5671 5672 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 5673 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), RHS, Kind) 5674 == Compatible) { 5675 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), it->getType(), Kind); 5676 InitField = *it; 5677 break; 5678 } 5679 } 5680 5681 if (!InitField) 5682 return Incompatible; 5683 5684 ConstructTransparentUnion(*this, Context, RHS, ArgType, InitField); 5685 return Compatible; 5686} 5687 5688Sema::AssignConvertType 5689Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, 5690 bool Diagnose) { 5691 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5692 if (!LHSType->isRecordType() && !LHSType->isAtomicType()) { 5693 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the 5694 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the 5695 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand. 5696 ExprResult Res; 5697 if (Diagnose) { 5698 Res = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), 5699 AA_Assigning); 5700 } else { 5701 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = 5702 TryImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), 5703 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, 5704 /*AllowExplicit=*/false, 5705 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, 5706 /*CStyle=*/false, 5707 /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false); 5708 if (ICS.isFailure()) 5709 return Incompatible; 5710 Res = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), 5711 ICS, AA_Assigning); 5712 } 5713 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5714 return Incompatible; 5715 Sema::AssignConvertType result = Compatible; 5716 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 5717 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(LHSType, 5718 RHS.get()->getType())) 5719 result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef; 5720 RHS = move(Res); 5721 return result; 5722 } 5723 5724 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C 5725 // structures. 5726 // FIXME: We also fall through for atomics; not sure what should 5727 // happen there, though. 5728 } 5729 5730 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is 5731 // a null pointer constant. 5732 if ((LHSType->isPointerType() || 5733 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 5734 LHSType->isBlockPointerType()) 5735 && RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 5736 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5737 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer); 5738 return Compatible; 5739 } 5740 5741 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper 5742 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all 5743 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary 5744 // expressions that suppress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof). 5745 // 5746 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5. 5747 if (!LHSType->isReferenceType()) { 5748 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take()); 5749 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 5750 return Incompatible; 5751 } 5752 5753 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 5754 Sema::AssignConvertType result = 5755 CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS, Kind); 5756 5757 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the 5758 // type of the assignment expression. 5759 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference, 5760 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C. 5761 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression 5762 // does not have reference type. 5763 if (result != Incompatible && RHS.get()->getType() != LHSType) 5764 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), 5765 LHSType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), Kind); 5766 return result; 5767} 5768 5769QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 5770 ExprResult &RHS) { 5771 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands) 5772 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5773 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5774 return QualType(); 5775} 5776 5777QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 5778 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) { 5779 if (!IsCompAssign) { 5780 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.take()); 5781 if (LHS.isInvalid()) 5782 return QualType(); 5783 } 5784 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take()); 5785 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 5786 return QualType(); 5787 5788 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. 5789 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. 5790 QualType LHSType = 5791 Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); 5792 QualType RHSType = 5793 Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); 5794 5795 // If the vector types are identical, return. 5796 if (LHSType == RHSType) 5797 return LHSType; 5798 5799 // Handle the case of equivalent AltiVec and GCC vector types 5800 if (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isVectorType() && 5801 Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) { 5802 if (LHSType->isExtVectorType()) { 5803 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); 5804 return LHSType; 5805 } 5806 5807 if (!IsCompAssign) 5808 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_BitCast); 5809 return RHSType; 5810 } 5811 5812 if (getLangOpts().LaxVectorConversions && 5813 Context.getTypeSize(LHSType) == Context.getTypeSize(RHSType)) { 5814 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both 5815 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a 5816 // bitcast; no bits are changed but the result type is different. 5817 // FIXME: Should we really be allowing this? 5818 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); 5819 return LHSType; 5820 } 5821 5822 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can 5823 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance. 5824 bool swapped = false; 5825 if (RHSType->isExtVectorType() && !IsCompAssign) { 5826 swapped = true; 5827 std::swap(RHS, LHS); 5828 std::swap(RHSType, LHSType); 5829 } 5830 5831 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar. 5832 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = LHSType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) { 5833 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType(); 5834 if (EltTy->isIntegralType(Context) && RHSType->isIntegralType(Context)) { 5835 int order = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, RHSType); 5836 if (order > 0) 5837 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), EltTy, CK_IntegralCast); 5838 if (order >= 0) { 5839 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_VectorSplat); 5840 if (swapped) std::swap(RHS, LHS); 5841 return LHSType; 5842 } 5843 } 5844 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && RHSType->isScalarType() && 5845 RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) { 5846 int order = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, RHSType); 5847 if (order > 0) 5848 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), EltTy, CK_FloatingCast); 5849 if (order >= 0) { 5850 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_VectorSplat); 5851 if (swapped) std::swap(RHS, LHS); 5852 return LHSType; 5853 } 5854 } 5855 } 5856 5857 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors. 5858 if (swapped) std::swap(RHS, LHS); 5859 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable) 5860 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5861 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5862 return QualType(); 5863} 5864 5865// checkArithmeticNull - Detect when a NULL constant is used improperly in an 5866// expression. These are mainly cases where the null pointer is used as an 5867// integer instead of a pointer. 5868static void checkArithmeticNull(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 5869 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompare) { 5870 // The canonical way to check for a GNU null is with isNullPointerConstant, 5871 // but we use a bit of a hack here for speed; this is a relatively 5872 // hot path, and isNullPointerConstant is slow. 5873 bool LHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 5874 bool RHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 5875 5876 QualType NonNullType = LHSNull ? RHS.get()->getType() : LHS.get()->getType(); 5877 5878 // Avoid analyzing cases where the result will either be invalid (and 5879 // diagnosed as such) or entirely valid and not something to warn about. 5880 if ((!LHSNull && !RHSNull) || NonNullType->isBlockPointerType() || 5881 NonNullType->isMemberPointerType() || NonNullType->isFunctionType()) 5882 return; 5883 5884 // Comparison operations would not make sense with a null pointer no matter 5885 // what the other expression is. 5886 if (!IsCompare) { 5887 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_arithmetic_operation) 5888 << (LHSNull ? LHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) 5889 << (RHSNull ? RHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()); 5890 return; 5891 } 5892 5893 // The rest of the operations only make sense with a null pointer 5894 // if the other expression is a pointer. 5895 if (LHSNull == RHSNull || NonNullType->isAnyPointerType() || 5896 NonNullType->canDecayToPointerType()) 5897 return; 5898 5899 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_comparison_operation) 5900 << LHSNull /* LHS is NULL */ << NonNullType 5901 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5902} 5903 5904QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 5905 SourceLocation Loc, 5906 bool IsCompAssign, bool IsDiv) { 5907 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false); 5908 5909 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || 5910 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) 5911 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign); 5912 5913 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, IsCompAssign); 5914 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5915 return QualType(); 5916 5917 5918 if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType() || 5919 !RHS.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { 5920 if (IsCompAssign && 5921 LHS.get()->getType()->isAtomicType() && 5922 RHS.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) 5923 return compType; 5924 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); 5925 } 5926 5927 // Check for division by zero. 5928 if (IsDiv && 5929 RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 5930 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) 5931 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(), PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero) 5932 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); 5933 5934 return compType; 5935} 5936 5937QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands( 5938 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) { 5939 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false); 5940 5941 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || 5942 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { 5943 if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() && 5944 RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation()) 5945 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign); 5946 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); 5947 } 5948 5949 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, IsCompAssign); 5950 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5951 return QualType(); 5952 5953 if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() || 5954 !RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType()) 5955 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); 5956 5957 // Check for remainder by zero. 5958 if (RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 5959 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) 5960 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(), PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero) 5961 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); 5962 5963 return compType; 5964} 5965 5966/// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two void pointers. 5967static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 5968 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { 5969 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 5970 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type 5971 : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) 5972 << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() 5973 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange(); 5974} 5975 5976/// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a void pointer. 5977static void diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 5978 Expr *Pointer) { 5979 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 5980 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type 5981 : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) 5982 << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getSourceRange(); 5983} 5984 5985/// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two function pointers. 5986static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 5987 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) { 5988 assert(LHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType()); 5989 assert(RHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType()); 5990 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 5991 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type 5992 : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) 5993 << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHS->getType()->getPointeeType() 5994 // We only show the second type if it differs from the first. 5995 << (unsigned)!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS->getType(), 5996 RHS->getType()) 5997 << RHS->getType()->getPointeeType() 5998 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); 5999} 6000 6001/// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a function pointer. 6002static void diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 6003 Expr *Pointer) { 6004 assert(Pointer->getType()->isAnyPointerType()); 6005 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 6006 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type 6007 : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) 6008 << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getType()->getPointeeType() 6009 << 0 /* one pointer, so only one type */ 6010 << Pointer->getSourceRange(); 6011} 6012 6013/// \brief Emit error if Operand is incomplete pointer type 6014/// 6015/// \returns True if pointer has incomplete type 6016static bool checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 6017 Expr *Operand) { 6018 if ((Operand->getType()->isPointerType() && 6019 !Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) || 6020 Operand->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6021 QualType PointeeTy = Operand->getType()->getPointeeType(); 6022 if (S.RequireCompleteType( 6023 Loc, PointeeTy, 6024 S.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type) 6025 << PointeeTy << Operand->getSourceRange())) 6026 return true; 6027 } 6028 return false; 6029} 6030 6031/// \brief Check the validity of an arithmetic pointer operand. 6032/// 6033/// If the operand has pointer type, this code will check for pointer types 6034/// which are invalid in arithmetic operations. These will be diagnosed 6035/// appropriately, including whether or not the use is supported as an 6036/// extension. 6037/// 6038/// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension). 6039static bool checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 6040 Expr *Operand) { 6041 if (!Operand->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) return true; 6042 6043 QualType PointeeTy = Operand->getType()->getPointeeType(); 6044 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) { 6045 diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, Operand); 6046 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 6047 } 6048 if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) { 6049 diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, Operand); 6050 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 6051 } 6052 6053 if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, Operand)) return false; 6054 6055 return true; 6056} 6057 6058/// \brief Check the validity of a binary arithmetic operation w.r.t. pointer 6059/// operands. 6060/// 6061/// This routine will diagnose any invalid arithmetic on pointer operands much 6062/// like \see checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand. However, it has special logic 6063/// for emitting a single diagnostic even for operations where both LHS and RHS 6064/// are (potentially problematic) pointers. 6065/// 6066/// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension). 6067static bool checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 6068 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { 6069 bool isLHSPointer = LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType(); 6070 bool isRHSPointer = RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType(); 6071 if (!isLHSPointer && !isRHSPointer) return true; 6072 6073 QualType LHSPointeeTy, RHSPointeeTy; 6074 if (isLHSPointer) LHSPointeeTy = LHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType(); 6075 if (isRHSPointer) RHSPointeeTy = RHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType(); 6076 6077 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types. 6078 bool isLHSVoidPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isVoidType(); 6079 bool isRHSVoidPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isVoidType(); 6080 if (isLHSVoidPtr || isRHSVoidPtr) { 6081 if (!isRHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr); 6082 else if (!isLHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, RHSExpr); 6083 else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); 6084 6085 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 6086 } 6087 6088 bool isLHSFuncPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType(); 6089 bool isRHSFuncPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType(); 6090 if (isLHSFuncPtr || isRHSFuncPtr) { 6091 if (!isRHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr); 6092 else if (!isLHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, 6093 RHSExpr); 6094 else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); 6095 6096 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 6097 } 6098 6099 if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, LHSExpr)) return false; 6100 if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, RHSExpr)) return false; 6101 6102 return true; 6103} 6104 6105/// \brief Check bad cases where we step over interface counts. 6106static bool checkArithmethicPointerOnNonFragileABI(Sema &S, 6107 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6108 Expr *Op) { 6109 assert(Op->getType()->isAnyPointerType()); 6110 QualType PointeeTy = Op->getType()->getPointeeType(); 6111 if (!PointeeTy->isObjCObjectType() || !S.LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) 6112 return true; 6113 6114 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface) 6115 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange(); 6116 return false; 6117} 6118 6119/// diagnoseStringPlusInt - Emit a warning when adding an integer to a string 6120/// literal. 6121static void diagnoseStringPlusInt(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6122 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { 6123 StringLiteral* StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()); 6124 Expr* IndexExpr = RHSExpr; 6125 if (!StrExpr) { 6126 StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()); 6127 IndexExpr = LHSExpr; 6128 } 6129 6130 bool IsStringPlusInt = StrExpr && 6131 IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType(); 6132 if (!IsStringPlusInt) 6133 return; 6134 6135 llvm::APSInt index; 6136 if (IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(index, Self.getASTContext())) { 6137 unsigned StrLenWithNull = StrExpr->getLength() + 1; 6138 if (index.isNonNegative() && 6139 index <= llvm::APSInt(llvm::APInt(index.getBitWidth(), StrLenWithNull), 6140 index.isUnsigned())) 6141 return; 6142 } 6143 6144 SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd()); 6145 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_int) 6146 << DiagRange << IndexExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(); 6147 6148 // Only print a fixit for "str" + int, not for int + "str". 6149 if (IndexExpr == RHSExpr) { 6150 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getLocEnd()); 6151 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_int_silence) 6152 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), "&") 6153 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[") 6154 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]"); 6155 } else 6156 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_int_silence); 6157} 6158 6159/// \brief Emit error when two pointers are incompatible. 6160static void diagnosePointerIncompatibility(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 6161 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { 6162 assert(LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType()); 6163 assert(RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType()); 6164 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible) 6165 << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() 6166 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange(); 6167} 6168 6169QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6170 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6171 QualType* CompLHSTy) { 6172 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false); 6173 6174 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || 6175 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { 6176 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy); 6177 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; 6178 return compType; 6179 } 6180 6181 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, CompLHSTy); 6182 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 6183 return QualType(); 6184 6185 // Diagnose "string literal" '+' int. 6186 if (Opc == BO_Add) 6187 diagnoseStringPlusInt(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get()); 6188 6189 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic). 6190 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType() && 6191 RHS.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { 6192 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; 6193 return compType; 6194 } 6195 6196 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isAtomicType() && 6197 RHS.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { 6198 *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 6199 return compType; 6200 } 6201 6202 // Put any potential pointer into PExp 6203 Expr* PExp = LHS.get(), *IExp = RHS.get(); 6204 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) 6205 std::swap(PExp, IExp); 6206 6207 if (!PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) 6208 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); 6209 6210 if (!IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) 6211 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); 6212 6213 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, PExp)) 6214 return QualType(); 6215 6216 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. 6217 if (!checkArithmethicPointerOnNonFragileABI(*this, Loc, PExp)) 6218 return QualType(); 6219 6220 // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic 6221 CheckArrayAccess(PExp, IExp); 6222 6223 if (CompLHSTy) { 6224 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get()); 6225 if (LHSTy.isNull()) { 6226 LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 6227 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) 6228 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy); 6229 } 6230 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy; 6231 } 6232 6233 return PExp->getType(); 6234} 6235 6236// C99 6.5.6 6237QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6238 SourceLocation Loc, 6239 QualType* CompLHSTy) { 6240 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false); 6241 6242 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || 6243 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { 6244 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy); 6245 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; 6246 return compType; 6247 } 6248 6249 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, CompLHSTy); 6250 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 6251 return QualType(); 6252 6253 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3. 6254 6255 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic). 6256 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType() && 6257 RHS.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { 6258 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; 6259 return compType; 6260 } 6261 6262 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isAtomicType() && 6263 RHS.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { 6264 *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 6265 return compType; 6266 } 6267 6268 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr. 6269 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) { 6270 QualType lpointee = LHS.get()->getType()->getPointeeType(); 6271 6272 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. 6273 if (!checkArithmethicPointerOnNonFragileABI(*this, Loc, LHS.get())) 6274 return QualType(); 6275 6276 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type. 6277 if (RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType()) { 6278 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, LHS.get())) 6279 return QualType(); 6280 6281 // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic 6282 CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), /*ArraySubscriptExpr*/0, 6283 /*AllowOnePastEnd*/true, /*IndexNegated*/true); 6284 6285 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 6286 return LHS.get()->getType(); 6287 } 6288 6289 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions. 6290 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy 6291 = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { 6292 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType(); 6293 6294 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6295 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add] 6296 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) { 6297 diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get()); 6298 } 6299 } else { 6300 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3 6301 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible( 6302 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(), 6303 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) { 6304 diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get()); 6305 return QualType(); 6306 } 6307 } 6308 6309 if (!checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(*this, Loc, 6310 LHS.get(), RHS.get())) 6311 return QualType(); 6312 6313 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 6314 return Context.getPointerDiffType(); 6315 } 6316 } 6317 6318 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); 6319} 6320 6321static bool isScopedEnumerationType(QualType T) { 6322 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 6323 return ET->getDecl()->isScoped(); 6324 return false; 6325} 6326 6327static void DiagnoseBadShiftValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6328 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6329 QualType LHSType) { 6330 llvm::APSInt Right; 6331 // Check right/shifter operand 6332 if (RHS.get()->isValueDependent() || 6333 !RHS.get()->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, S.Context)) 6334 return; 6335 6336 if (Right.isNegative()) { 6337 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(), 6338 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_negative) 6339 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); 6340 return; 6341 } 6342 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(), 6343 S.Context.getTypeSize(LHS.get()->getType())); 6344 if (Right.uge(LeftBits)) { 6345 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(), 6346 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) 6347 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); 6348 return; 6349 } 6350 if (Opc != BO_Shl) 6351 return; 6352 6353 // When left shifting an ICE which is signed, we can check for overflow which 6354 // according to C++ has undefined behavior ([expr.shift] 5.8/2). Unsigned 6355 // integers have defined behavior modulo one more than the maximum value 6356 // representable in the result type, so never warn for those. 6357 llvm::APSInt Left; 6358 if (LHS.get()->isValueDependent() || 6359 !LHS.get()->isIntegerConstantExpr(Left, S.Context) || 6360 LHSType->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation()) 6361 return; 6362 llvm::APInt ResultBits = 6363 static_cast<llvm::APInt&>(Right) + Left.getMinSignedBits(); 6364 if (LeftBits.uge(ResultBits)) 6365 return; 6366 llvm::APSInt Result = Left.extend(ResultBits.getLimitedValue()); 6367 Result = Result.shl(Right); 6368 6369 // Print the bit representation of the signed integer as an unsigned 6370 // hexadecimal number. 6371 SmallString<40> HexResult; 6372 Result.toString(HexResult, 16, /*Signed =*/false, /*Literal =*/true); 6373 6374 // If we are only missing a sign bit, this is less likely to result in actual 6375 // bugs -- if the result is cast back to an unsigned type, it will have the 6376 // expected value. Thus we place this behind a different warning that can be 6377 // turned off separately if needed. 6378 if (LeftBits == ResultBits - 1) { 6379 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_sets_sign_bit) 6380 << HexResult.str() << LHSType 6381 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 6382 return; 6383 } 6384 6385 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_gt_typewidth) 6386 << HexResult.str() << Result.getMinSignedBits() << LHSType 6387 << Left.getBitWidth() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() 6388 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 6389} 6390 6391// C99 6.5.7 6392QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6393 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6394 bool IsCompAssign) { 6395 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false); 6396 6397 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type. 6398 if (!LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() || 6399 !RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation()) 6400 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); 6401 6402 // C++0x: Don't allow scoped enums. FIXME: Use something better than 6403 // hasIntegerRepresentation() above instead of this. 6404 if (isScopedEnumerationType(LHS.get()->getType()) || 6405 isScopedEnumerationType(RHS.get()->getType())) { 6406 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); 6407 } 6408 6409 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type. 6410 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || 6411 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) 6412 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign); 6413 6414 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer 6415 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3 6416 6417 // For the LHS, do usual unary conversions, but then reset them away 6418 // if this is a compound assignment. 6419 ExprResult OldLHS = LHS; 6420 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.take()); 6421 if (LHS.isInvalid()) 6422 return QualType(); 6423 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); 6424 if (IsCompAssign) LHS = OldLHS; 6425 6426 // The RHS is simpler. 6427 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.take()); 6428 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 6429 return QualType(); 6430 6431 // Sanity-check shift operands 6432 DiagnoseBadShiftValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc, LHSType); 6433 6434 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand." 6435 return LHSType; 6436} 6437 6438static bool IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(Decl *D) { 6439 if (DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext()) { 6440 if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(DC)) 6441 return true; 6442 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)) 6443 return FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 6444 } 6445 return false; 6446} 6447 6448/// If two different enums are compared, raise a warning. 6449static void checkEnumComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6450 ExprResult &RHS) { 6451 QualType LHSStrippedType = LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType(); 6452 QualType RHSStrippedType = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType(); 6453 6454 const EnumType *LHSEnumType = LHSStrippedType->getAs<EnumType>(); 6455 if (!LHSEnumType) 6456 return; 6457 const EnumType *RHSEnumType = RHSStrippedType->getAs<EnumType>(); 6458 if (!RHSEnumType) 6459 return; 6460 6461 // Ignore anonymous enums. 6462 if (!LHSEnumType->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 6463 return; 6464 if (!RHSEnumType->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 6465 return; 6466 6467 if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSStrippedType, RHSStrippedType)) 6468 return; 6469 6470 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_comparison_of_mixed_enum_types) 6471 << LHSStrippedType << RHSStrippedType 6472 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 6473} 6474 6475/// \brief Diagnose bad pointer comparisons. 6476static void diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 6477 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6478 bool IsError) { 6479 S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers 6480 : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) 6481 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 6482 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 6483} 6484 6485/// \brief Returns false if the pointers are converted to a composite type, 6486/// true otherwise. 6487static bool convertPointersToCompositeType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 6488 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS) { 6489 // C++ [expr.rel]p2: 6490 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification 6491 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on 6492 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring 6493 // them to their composite pointer type. [...] 6494 // 6495 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality 6496 // comparisons of pointers. 6497 6498 // C++ [expr.eq]p2: 6499 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to 6500 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions 6501 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring 6502 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant, 6503 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the 6504 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type 6505 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4) 6506 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand 6507 // types. 6508 6509 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); 6510 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); 6511 assert((LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) || 6512 (LHSType->isMemberPointerType() && RHSType->isMemberPointerType())); 6513 6514 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false; 6515 bool *BoolPtr = S.isSFINAEContext() ? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType; 6516 QualType T = S.FindCompositePointerType(Loc, LHS, RHS, BoolPtr); 6517 if (T.isNull()) { 6518 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(S, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/true); 6519 return true; 6520 } 6521 6522 if (NonStandardCompositeType) 6523 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard) 6524 << LHSType << RHSType << T << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() 6525 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 6526 6527 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), T, CK_BitCast); 6528 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), T, CK_BitCast); 6529 return false; 6530} 6531 6532static void diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 6533 ExprResult &LHS, 6534 ExprResult &RHS, 6535 bool IsError) { 6536 S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void 6537 : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void) 6538 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 6539 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 6540} 6541 6542// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel] 6543QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6544 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6545 bool IsRelational) { 6546 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/true); 6547 6548 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = (BinaryOperatorKind) OpaqueOpc; 6549 6550 // Handle vector comparisons separately. 6551 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || 6552 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) 6553 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsRelational); 6554 6555 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); 6556 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); 6557 6558 Expr *LHSStripped = LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6559 Expr *RHSStripped = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6560 6561 checkEnumComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS); 6562 6563 if (!LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation() && 6564 !(LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && IsRelational) && 6565 !LHS.get()->getLocStart().isMacroID() && 6566 !RHS.get()->getLocStart().isMacroID()) { 6567 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form 6568 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and 6569 // often indicate logic errors in the program. 6570 // 6571 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparison expressions resulting from macro 6572 // expansion. Also don't warn about comparisons which are only self 6573 // comparisons within a template specialization. The warnings should catch 6574 // obvious cases in the definition of the template anyways. The idea is to 6575 // warn when the typed comparison operator will always evaluate to the same 6576 // result. 6577 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped)) { 6578 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped)) { 6579 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() && 6580 !IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(DRL->getDecl())) { 6581 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, 0, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always) 6582 << 0 // self- 6583 << (Opc == BO_EQ 6584 || Opc == BO_LE 6585 || Opc == BO_GE)); 6586 } else if (LHSType->isArrayType() && RHSType->isArrayType() && 6587 !DRL->getDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType() && 6588 !DRR->getDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 6589 // what is it always going to eval to? 6590 char always_evals_to; 6591 switch(Opc) { 6592 case BO_EQ: // e.g. array1 == array2 6593 always_evals_to = 0; // false 6594 break; 6595 case BO_NE: // e.g. array1 != array2 6596 always_evals_to = 1; // true 6597 break; 6598 default: 6599 // best we can say is 'a constant' 6600 always_evals_to = 2; // e.g. array1 <= array2 6601 break; 6602 } 6603 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, 0, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always) 6604 << 1 // array 6605 << always_evals_to); 6606 } 6607 } 6608 } 6609 6610 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped)) 6611 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts(); 6612 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped)) 6613 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts(); 6614 6615 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other 6616 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp. 6617 Expr *literalString = 0; 6618 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0; 6619 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) && 6620 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 6621 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 6622 literalString = LHS.get(); 6623 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped; 6624 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) || 6625 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) && 6626 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 6627 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 6628 literalString = RHS.get(); 6629 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped; 6630 } 6631 6632 if (literalString) { 6633 std::string resultComparison; 6634 switch (Opc) { 6635 case BO_LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break; 6636 case BO_GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break; 6637 case BO_LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break; 6638 case BO_GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break; 6639 case BO_EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break; 6640 case BO_NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break; 6641 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid comparison operator"); 6642 } 6643 6644 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, 0, 6645 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare) 6646 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped) 6647 << literalString->getSourceRange()); 6648 } 6649 } 6650 6651 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4 6652 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType() && 6653 RHS.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { 6654 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS); 6655 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 6656 return QualType(); 6657 } 6658 else { 6659 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.take()); 6660 if (LHS.isInvalid()) 6661 return QualType(); 6662 6663 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.take()); 6664 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 6665 return QualType(); 6666 } 6667 6668 LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); 6669 RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); 6670 6671 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C. 6672 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLogicalOperationType(); 6673 6674 if (IsRelational) { 6675 if (LHSType->isRealType() && RHSType->isRealType()) 6676 return ResultTy; 6677 } else { 6678 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. 6679 if (LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) 6680 CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get()); 6681 6682 if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType()) 6683 return ResultTy; 6684 } 6685 6686 bool LHSIsNull = LHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 6687 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); 6688 bool RHSIsNull = RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, 6689 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); 6690 6691 // All of the following pointer-related warnings are GCC extensions, except 6692 // when handling null pointer constants. 6693 if (LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2 6694 QualType LCanPointeeTy = 6695 LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType(); 6696 QualType RCanPointeeTy = 6697 RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType(); 6698 6699 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6700 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy) 6701 return ResultTy; 6702 if (!IsRelational && 6703 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) { 6704 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer 6705 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison. 6706 // In a SFINAE context, we treat this as a hard error to maintain 6707 // conformance with the C++ standard. 6708 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) 6709 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { 6710 diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison( 6711 *this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/ isSFINAEContext()); 6712 6713 if (isSFINAEContext()) 6714 return QualType(); 6715 6716 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); 6717 return ResultTy; 6718 } 6719 } 6720 6721 if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS)) 6722 return QualType(); 6723 else 6724 return ResultTy; 6725 } 6726 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2 6727 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(), 6728 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) { 6729 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers 6730 if (IsRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) { 6731 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers) 6732 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() 6733 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 6734 } 6735 } else if (!IsRelational && 6736 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) { 6737 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer 6738 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) 6739 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) 6740 diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, 6741 /*isError*/false); 6742 } else { 6743 // Invalid 6744 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/false); 6745 } 6746 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy) { 6747 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) 6748 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_BitCast); 6749 else 6750 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); 6751 } 6752 return ResultTy; 6753 } 6754 6755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6756 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself. 6757 if (LHSType->isNullPtrType() && RHSType->isNullPtrType()) 6758 return ResultTy; 6759 6760 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality 6761 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants. 6762 if (RHSIsNull && 6763 ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() || LHSType->isNullPtrType()) || 6764 (!IsRelational && 6765 (LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || LHSType->isBlockPointerType())))) { 6766 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, 6767 LHSType->isMemberPointerType() 6768 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer 6769 : CK_NullToPointer); 6770 return ResultTy; 6771 } 6772 if (LHSIsNull && 6773 ((RHSType->isAnyPointerType() || RHSType->isNullPtrType()) || 6774 (!IsRelational && 6775 (RHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isBlockPointerType())))) { 6776 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, 6777 RHSType->isMemberPointerType() 6778 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer 6779 : CK_NullToPointer); 6780 return ResultTy; 6781 } 6782 6783 // Comparison of member pointers. 6784 if (!IsRelational && 6785 LHSType->isMemberPointerType() && RHSType->isMemberPointerType()) { 6786 if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS)) 6787 return QualType(); 6788 else 6789 return ResultTy; 6790 } 6791 6792 // Handle scoped enumeration types specifically, since they don't promote 6793 // to integers. 6794 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isEnumeralType() && 6795 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS.get()->getType(), 6796 RHS.get()->getType())) 6797 return ResultTy; 6798 } 6799 6800 // Handle block pointer types. 6801 if (!IsRelational && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && 6802 RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) { 6803 QualType lpointee = LHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6804 QualType rpointee = RHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6805 6806 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && 6807 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) { 6808 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks) 6809 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() 6810 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 6811 } 6812 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); 6813 return ResultTy; 6814 } 6815 6816 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants. 6817 if (!IsRelational 6818 && ((LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) 6819 || (LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()))) { 6820 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { 6821 if (!((RHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->castAs<PointerType>() 6822 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) 6823 || (LHSType->isPointerType() && LHSType->castAs<PointerType>() 6824 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()))) 6825 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks) 6826 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() 6827 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 6828 } 6829 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) 6830 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, 6831 RHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast 6832 : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast); 6833 else 6834 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, 6835 LHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast 6836 : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast); 6837 return ResultTy; 6838 } 6839 6840 if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 6841 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6842 const PointerType *LPT = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>(); 6843 const PointerType *RPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>(); 6844 if (LPT || RPT) { 6845 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ? LPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false; 6846 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ? RPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false; 6847 6848 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid && 6849 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) { 6850 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, 6851 /*isError*/false); 6852 } 6853 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) 6854 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, 6855 RPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); 6856 else 6857 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, 6858 LPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); 6859 return ResultTy; 6860 } 6861 if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 6862 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6863 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) 6864 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, 6865 /*isError*/false); 6866 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) 6867 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_BitCast); 6868 else 6869 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast); 6870 return ResultTy; 6871 } 6872 } 6873 if ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) || 6874 (LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isAnyPointerType())) { 6875 unsigned DiagID = 0; 6876 bool isError = false; 6877 if ((LHSIsNull && LHSType->isIntegerType()) || 6878 (RHSIsNull && RHSType->isIntegerType())) { 6879 if (IsRelational && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6880 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero; 6881 } else if (IsRelational && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6882 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer; 6883 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6884 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer; 6885 isError = true; 6886 } else 6887 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer; 6888 6889 if (DiagID) { 6890 Diag(Loc, DiagID) 6891 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() 6892 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 6893 if (isError) 6894 return QualType(); 6895 } 6896 6897 if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) 6898 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, 6899 LHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer); 6900 else 6901 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, 6902 RHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer); 6903 return ResultTy; 6904 } 6905 6906 // Handle block pointers. 6907 if (!IsRelational && RHSIsNull 6908 && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) { 6909 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer); 6910 return ResultTy; 6911 } 6912 if (!IsRelational && LHSIsNull 6913 && LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) { 6914 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer); 6915 return ResultTy; 6916 } 6917 6918 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); 6919} 6920 6921 6922// Return a signed type that is of identical size and number of elements. 6923// For floating point vectors, return an integer type of identical size 6924// and number of elements. 6925QualType Sema::GetSignedVectorType(QualType V) { 6926 const VectorType *VTy = V->getAs<VectorType>(); 6927 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType()); 6928 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy)) 6929 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.CharTy, VTy->getNumElements()); 6930 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.ShortTy)) 6931 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.ShortTy, VTy->getNumElements()); 6932 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy)) 6933 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements()); 6934 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy)) 6935 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements()); 6936 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) && 6937 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare"); 6938 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements()); 6939} 6940 6941/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that 6942/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result, 6943/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer 6944/// types. 6945QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6946 SourceLocation Loc, 6947 bool IsRelational) { 6948 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width, 6949 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type. 6950 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompAssign*/false); 6951 if (vType.isNull()) 6952 return vType; 6953 6954 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); 6955 6956 // If AltiVec, the comparison results in a numeric type, i.e. 6957 // bool for C++, int for C 6958 if (vType->getAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector) 6959 return Context.getLogicalOperationType(); 6960 6961 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form 6962 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and 6963 // often indicate logic errors in the program. 6964 if (!LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) { 6965 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL 6966 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) 6967 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR 6968 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) 6969 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl()) 6970 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, 0, 6971 PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always) 6972 << 0 // self- 6973 << 2 // "a constant" 6974 ); 6975 } 6976 6977 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. 6978 if (!IsRelational && LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) { 6979 assert (RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation()); 6980 CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get()); 6981 } 6982 6983 // Return a signed type for the vector. 6984 return GetSignedVectorType(LHSType); 6985} 6986 6987QualType Sema::CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6988 SourceLocation Loc) { 6989 // Ensure that either both operands are of the same vector type, or 6990 // one operand is of a vector type and the other is of its element type. 6991 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, false); 6992 if (vType.isNull() || vType->isFloatingType()) 6993 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); 6994 6995 return GetSignedVectorType(LHS.get()->getType()); 6996} 6997 6998inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands( 6999 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) { 7000 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false); 7001 7002 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || 7003 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { 7004 if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() && 7005 RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation()) 7006 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign); 7007 7008 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); 7009 } 7010 7011 ExprResult LHSResult = Owned(LHS), RHSResult = Owned(RHS); 7012 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHSResult, RHSResult, 7013 IsCompAssign); 7014 if (LHSResult.isInvalid() || RHSResult.isInvalid()) 7015 return QualType(); 7016 LHS = LHSResult.take(); 7017 RHS = RHSResult.take(); 7018 7019 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() && 7020 RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) 7021 return compType; 7022 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); 7023} 7024 7025inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 7026 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc) { 7027 7028 // Check vector operands differently. 7029 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) 7030 return CheckVectorLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc); 7031 7032 // Diagnose cases where the user write a logical and/or but probably meant a 7033 // bitwise one. We do this when the LHS is a non-bool integer and the RHS 7034 // is a constant. 7035 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() && 7036 !LHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() && 7037 RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() && !RHS.get()->isValueDependent() && 7038 // Don't warn in macros or template instantiations. 7039 !Loc.isMacroID() && ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7040 // If the RHS can be constant folded, and if it constant folds to something 7041 // that isn't 0 or 1 (which indicate a potential logical operation that 7042 // happened to fold to true/false) then warn. 7043 // Parens on the RHS are ignored. 7044 llvm::APSInt Result; 7045 if (RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context)) 7046 if ((getLangOpts().Bool && !RHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType()) || 7047 (Result != 0 && Result != 1)) { 7048 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_logical_instead_of_bitwise) 7049 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange() 7050 << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&&" : "||"); 7051 // Suggest replacing the logical operator with the bitwise version 7052 Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_change_operator) 7053 << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|") 7054 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange( 7055 Loc, Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(Loc, 0, getSourceManager(), 7056 getLangOpts())), 7057 Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|"); 7058 if (Opc == BO_LAnd) 7059 // Suggest replacing "Foo() && kNonZero" with "Foo()" 7060 Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_remove_constant) 7061 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7062 SourceRange( 7063 Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(LHS.get()->getLocEnd(), 7064 0, getSourceManager(), 7065 getLangOpts()), 7066 RHS.get()->getLocEnd())); 7067 } 7068 } 7069 7070 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7071 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.take()); 7072 if (LHS.isInvalid()) 7073 return QualType(); 7074 7075 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.take()); 7076 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 7077 return QualType(); 7078 7079 if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType() || 7080 !RHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType()) 7081 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); 7082 7083 return Context.IntTy; 7084 } 7085 7086 // The following is safe because we only use this method for 7087 // non-overloadable operands. 7088 7089 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1 7090 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1 7091 // The operands are both contextually converted to type bool. 7092 ExprResult LHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(LHS.get()); 7093 if (LHSRes.isInvalid()) 7094 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); 7095 LHS = move(LHSRes); 7096 7097 ExprResult RHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(RHS.get()); 7098 if (RHSRes.isInvalid()) 7099 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); 7100 RHS = move(RHSRes); 7101 7102 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2 7103 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2 7104 // The result is a bool. 7105 return Context.BoolTy; 7106} 7107 7108/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression 7109/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression 7110/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially. 7111/// 7112static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) { 7113 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PropExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E); 7114 if (!PropExpr) return false; 7115 if (PropExpr->isImplicitProperty()) return false; 7116 7117 ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getExplicitProperty(); 7118 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->isSuperReceiver() ? 7119 PropExpr->getSuperReceiverType() : 7120 PropExpr->getBase()->getType(); 7121 7122 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 7123 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) 7124 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl()) 7125 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace)) 7126 return true; 7127 return false; 7128} 7129 7130static bool IsConstProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) { 7131 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PropExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E); 7132 if (!PropExpr) return false; 7133 if (PropExpr->isImplicitProperty()) return false; 7134 7135 ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getExplicitProperty(); 7136 QualType T = PDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType(); 7137 return T.isConstQualified(); 7138} 7139 7140static bool IsReadonlyMessage(Expr *E, Sema &S) { 7141 const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E); 7142 if (!ME) return false; 7143 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) return false; 7144 ObjCMessageExpr *Base = 7145 dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 7146 if (!Base) return false; 7147 return Base->getMethodDecl() != 0; 7148} 7149 7150/// Is the given expression (which must be 'const') a reference to a 7151/// variable which was originally non-const, but which has become 7152/// 'const' due to being captured within a block? 7153enum NonConstCaptureKind { NCCK_None, NCCK_Block, NCCK_Lambda }; 7154static NonConstCaptureKind isReferenceToNonConstCapture(Sema &S, Expr *E) { 7155 assert(E->isLValue() && E->getType().isConstQualified()); 7156 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 7157 7158 // Must be a reference to a declaration from an enclosing scope. 7159 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 7160 if (!DRE) return NCCK_None; 7161 if (!DRE->refersToEnclosingLocal()) return NCCK_None; 7162 7163 // The declaration must be a variable which is not declared 'const'. 7164 VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 7165 if (!var) return NCCK_None; 7166 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) return NCCK_None; 7167 assert(var->hasLocalStorage() && "capture added 'const' to non-local?"); 7168 7169 // Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda. 7170 DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 7171 while (DC->getParent() != var->getDeclContext()) 7172 DC = DC->getParent(); 7173 return (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) ? NCCK_Block : NCCK_Lambda); 7174} 7175 7176/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not, 7177/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false. 7178static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) { 7179 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc; 7180 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context, 7181 &Loc); 7182 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S)) 7183 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty; 7184 else if (Expr::MLV_ConstQualified && IsConstProperty(E, S)) 7185 IsLV = Expr::MLV_Valid; 7186 else if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary && IsReadonlyMessage(E, S)) 7187 IsLV = Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression; 7188 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid) 7189 return false; 7190 7191 unsigned Diag = 0; 7192 bool NeedType = false; 7193 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2 7194 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: 7195 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; 7196 7197 // Use a specialized diagnostic when we're assigning to an object 7198 // from an enclosing function or block. 7199 if (NonConstCaptureKind NCCK = isReferenceToNonConstCapture(S, E)) { 7200 if (NCCK == NCCK_Block) 7201 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue; 7202 else 7203 Diag = diag::err_lambda_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue; 7204 break; 7205 } 7206 7207 // In ARC, use some specialized diagnostics for occasions where we 7208 // infer 'const'. These are always pseudo-strong variables. 7209 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { 7210 DeclRefExpr *declRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()); 7211 if (declRef && isa<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl())) { 7212 VarDecl *var = cast<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl()); 7213 7214 // Use the normal diagnostic if it's pseudo-__strong but the 7215 // user actually wrote 'const'. 7216 if (var->isARCPseudoStrong() && 7217 (!var->getTypeSourceInfo() || 7218 !var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType().isConstQualified())) { 7219 // There are two pseudo-strong cases: 7220 // - self 7221 ObjCMethodDecl *method = S.getCurMethodDecl(); 7222 if (method && var == method->getSelfDecl()) 7223 Diag = method->isClassMethod() 7224 ? diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self_class_method 7225 : diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self; 7226 7227 // - fast enumeration variables 7228 else 7229 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_arr_assign_enumeration; 7230 7231 SourceRange Assign; 7232 if (Loc != OrigLoc) 7233 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc); 7234 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; 7235 // We need to preserve the AST regardless, so migration tool 7236 // can do its job. 7237 return false; 7238 } 7239 } 7240 } 7241 7242 break; 7243 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType: 7244 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue; 7245 NeedType = true; 7246 break; 7247 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType: 7248 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue; 7249 NeedType = true; 7250 break; 7251 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast: 7252 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported; 7253 break; 7254 case Expr::MLV_Valid: 7255 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid"); 7256 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression: 7257 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction: 7258 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary: 7259 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue; 7260 break; 7261 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType: 7262 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType: 7263 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(), 7264 S.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue) 7265 << E->getSourceRange()); 7266 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents: 7267 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue; 7268 break; 7269 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty: 7270 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty: 7271 llvm_unreachable("readonly properties should be processed differently"); 7272 case Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression: 7273 Diag = diag::error_readonly_message_assignment; 7274 break; 7275 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting: 7276 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting; 7277 break; 7278 } 7279 7280 SourceRange Assign; 7281 if (Loc != OrigLoc) 7282 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc); 7283 if (NeedType) 7284 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; 7285 else 7286 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; 7287 return true; 7288} 7289 7290 7291 7292// C99 6.5.16.1 7293QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, 7294 SourceLocation Loc, 7295 QualType CompoundType) { 7296 assert(!LHSExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject)); 7297 7298 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not. 7299 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHSExpr, Loc, *this)) 7300 return QualType(); 7301 7302 QualType LHSType = LHSExpr->getType(); 7303 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS.get()->getType() : 7304 CompoundType; 7305 AssignConvertType ConvTy; 7306 if (CompoundType.isNull()) { 7307 QualType LHSTy(LHSType); 7308 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS); 7309 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 7310 return QualType(); 7311 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types. 7312 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer && 7313 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) && 7314 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) || 7315 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) && 7316 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))) 7317 ConvTy = Compatible; 7318 7319 if (ConvTy == Compatible && 7320 LHSType->isObjCObjectType()) 7321 Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_object_assignment) 7322 << LHSType; 7323 7324 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are 7325 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4" 7326 // instead of "x += 4". 7327 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS.get(); 7328 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck)) 7329 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr(); 7330 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) { 7331 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus || 7332 UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus) && 7333 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() && 7334 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent. 7335 Loc.getLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() && 7336 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the 7337 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1". 7338 Loc.getLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() && 7339 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) { 7340 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign) 7341 << (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ? "+" : "-") 7342 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc()); 7343 } 7344 } 7345 7346 if (ConvTy == Compatible) { 7347 if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) 7348 checkRetainCycles(LHSExpr, RHS.get()); 7349 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 7350 checkUnsafeExprAssigns(Loc, LHSExpr, RHS.get()); 7351 } 7352 } else { 7353 // Compound assignment "x += y" 7354 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(Loc, LHSType, RHSType); 7355 } 7356 7357 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType, 7358 RHS.get(), AA_Assigning)) 7359 return QualType(); 7360 7361 CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, LHSExpr); 7362 7363 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the 7364 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case 7365 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand. 7366 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand 7367 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above). 7368 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left 7369 // operand. 7370 return (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 7371 ? LHSType : LHSType.getUnqualifiedType()); 7372} 7373 7374// C99 6.5.17 7375static QualType CheckCommaOperands(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7376 SourceLocation Loc) { 7377 S.DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(LHS.get()); 7378 7379 LHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.take()); 7380 RHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.take()); 7381 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 7382 return QualType(); 7383 7384 // C's comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1) on both its 7385 // operands, but not unary promotions. 7386 // C++'s comma does not do any conversions at all (C++ [expr.comma]p1). 7387 7388 // So we treat the LHS as a ignored value, and in C++ we allow the 7389 // containing site to determine what should be done with the RHS. 7390 LHS = S.IgnoredValueConversions(LHS.take()); 7391 if (LHS.isInvalid()) 7392 return QualType(); 7393 7394 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7395 RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take()); 7396 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 7397 return QualType(); 7398 if (!RHS.get()->getType()->isVoidType()) 7399 S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, RHS.get()->getType(), 7400 diag::err_incomplete_type); 7401 } 7402 7403 return RHS.get()->getType(); 7404} 7405 7406/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine 7407/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions. 7408static QualType CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op, 7409 ExprValueKind &VK, 7410 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7411 bool IsInc, bool IsPrefix) { 7412 if (Op->isTypeDependent()) 7413 return S.Context.DependentTy; 7414 7415 QualType ResType = Op->getType(); 7416 // Atomic types can be used for increment / decrement where the non-atomic 7417 // versions can, so ignore the _Atomic() specifier for the purpose of 7418 // checking. 7419 if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>()) 7420 ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType(); 7421 7422 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression"); 7423 7424 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) { 7425 // Decrement of bool is not allowed. 7426 if (!IsInc) { 7427 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange(); 7428 return QualType(); 7429 } 7430 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated. 7431 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange(); 7432 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) { 7433 // OK! 7434 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) { 7435 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2 7436 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(S, OpLoc, Op)) 7437 return QualType(); 7438 7439 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. 7440 else if (!checkArithmethicPointerOnNonFragileABI(S, OpLoc, Op)) 7441 return QualType(); 7442 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) { 7443 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension. 7444 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex) 7445 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange(); 7446 } else if (ResType->isPlaceholderType()) { 7447 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op); 7448 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 7449 return CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(S, PR.take(), VK, OpLoc, 7450 IsInc, IsPrefix); 7451 } else if (S.getLangOpts().AltiVec && ResType->isVectorType()) { 7452 // OK! ( C/C++ Language Extensions for CBEA(Version 2.6) 10.3 ) 7453 } else { 7454 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement) 7455 << ResType << int(IsInc) << Op->getSourceRange(); 7456 return QualType(); 7457 } 7458 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type. 7459 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue. 7460 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, S)) 7461 return QualType(); 7462 // In C++, a prefix increment is the same type as the operand. Otherwise 7463 // (in C or with postfix), the increment is the unqualified type of the 7464 // operand. 7465 if (IsPrefix && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7466 VK = VK_LValue; 7467 return ResType; 7468 } else { 7469 VK = VK_RValue; 7470 return ResType.getUnqualifiedType(); 7471 } 7472} 7473 7474 7475/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand(). 7476/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions 7477/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to 7478/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator 7479/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples: 7480/// - &(x) => x 7481/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator. 7482/// - &s.xx => s 7483/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array 7484/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array 7485/// - &"123"[2] -> 0 7486/// - & __real__ x -> x 7487static ValueDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) { 7488 switch (E->getStmtClass()) { 7489 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: 7490 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl(); 7491 case Stmt::MemberExprClass: 7492 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from 7493 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is 7494 // irrelevant. 7495 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow()) 7496 return 0; 7497 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base 7498 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase()); 7499 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { 7500 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit 7501 // promotion of register arrays earlier. 7502 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase(); 7503 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) { 7504 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType()) 7505 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr()); 7506 } 7507 return 0; 7508 } 7509 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: { 7510 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E); 7511 7512 switch(UO->getOpcode()) { 7513 case UO_Real: 7514 case UO_Imag: 7515 case UO_Extension: 7516 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr()); 7517 default: 7518 return 0; 7519 } 7520 } 7521 case Stmt::ParenExprClass: 7522 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()); 7523 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: 7524 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about 7525 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter. 7526 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr()); 7527 default: 7528 return 0; 7529 } 7530} 7531 7532namespace { 7533 enum { 7534 AO_Bit_Field = 0, 7535 AO_Vector_Element = 1, 7536 AO_Property_Expansion = 2, 7537 AO_Register_Variable = 3, 7538 AO_No_Error = 4 7539 }; 7540} 7541/// \brief Diagnose invalid operand for address of operations. 7542/// 7543/// \param Type The type of operand which cannot have its address taken. 7544static void diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 7545 Expr *E, unsigned Type) { 7546 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) << Type << E->getSourceRange(); 7547} 7548 7549/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function 7550/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the 7551/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field. 7552/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the & 7553/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue. 7554/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case 7555/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type. 7556static QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(Sema &S, ExprResult &OrigOp, 7557 SourceLocation OpLoc) { 7558 if (const BuiltinType *PTy = OrigOp.get()->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()){ 7559 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) { 7560 if (!isa<OverloadExpr>(OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens())) { 7561 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof) 7562 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); 7563 return QualType(); 7564 } 7565 7566 return S.Context.OverloadTy; 7567 } 7568 7569 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny) 7570 return S.Context.UnknownAnyTy; 7571 7572 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember) { 7573 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function) 7574 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); 7575 return QualType(); 7576 } 7577 7578 OrigOp = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(OrigOp.take()); 7579 if (OrigOp.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 7580 } 7581 7582 if (OrigOp.get()->isTypeDependent()) 7583 return S.Context.DependentTy; 7584 7585 assert(!OrigOp.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType()); 7586 7587 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks 7588 Expr *op = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens(); 7589 7590 if (S.getLangOpts().C99) { 7591 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules. 7592 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) { 7593 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) 7594 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result 7595 // (assuming the deref expression is valid). 7596 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType(); 7597 } 7598 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript 7599 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway. 7600 } 7601 ValueDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op); 7602 Expr::LValueClassification lval = op->ClassifyLValue(S.Context); 7603 unsigned AddressOfError = AO_No_Error; 7604 7605 if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary) { 7606 bool sfinae = S.isSFINAEContext(); 7607 S.Diag(OpLoc, sfinae ? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary 7608 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary) 7609 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange(); 7610 if (sfinae) 7611 return QualType(); 7612 } else if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(op)) { 7613 return S.Context.getPointerType(op->getType()); 7614 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction) { 7615 // If it's an instance method, make a member pointer. 7616 // The expression must have exactly the form &A::foo. 7617 7618 // If the underlying expression isn't a decl ref, give up. 7619 if (!isa<DeclRefExpr>(op)) { 7620 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function) 7621 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); 7622 return QualType(); 7623 } 7624 DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(op); 7625 CXXMethodDecl *MD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 7626 7627 // The id-expression was parenthesized. 7628 if (OrigOp.get() != DRE) { 7629 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_parens_pointer_member_function) 7630 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); 7631 7632 // The method was named without a qualifier. 7633 } else if (!DRE->getQualifier()) { 7634 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function) 7635 << op->getSourceRange(); 7636 } 7637 7638 return S.Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(), 7639 S.Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr()); 7640 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) { 7641 // C99 6.5.3.2p1 7642 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator 7643 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) { 7644 // Use a special diagnostic for loads from property references. 7645 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(op)) { 7646 AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion; 7647 } else { 7648 // FIXME: emit more specific diag... 7649 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof) 7650 << op->getSourceRange(); 7651 return QualType(); 7652 } 7653 } 7654 } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1 7655 // The operand cannot be a bit-field 7656 AddressOfError = AO_Bit_Field; 7657 } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_VectorComponent) { 7658 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector 7659 AddressOfError = AO_Vector_Element; 7660 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1 7661 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared 7662 // with the register storage-class specifier. 7663 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) { 7664 // in C++ it is not error to take address of a register 7665 // variable (c++03 7.1.1P3) 7666 if (vd->getStorageClass() == SC_Register && 7667 !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7668 AddressOfError = AO_Register_Variable; 7669 } 7670 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 7671 return S.Context.OverloadTy; 7672 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(dcl)) { 7673 // Okay: we can take the address of a field. 7674 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit 7675 // scope qualifier for the class. 7676 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) { 7677 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext(); 7678 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) { 7679 if (dcl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 7680 S.Diag(OpLoc, 7681 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type) 7682 << dcl->getDeclName() << dcl->getType(); 7683 return QualType(); 7684 } 7685 7686 while (cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 7687 Ctx = Ctx->getParent(); 7688 return S.Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(), 7689 S.Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr()); 7690 } 7691 } 7692 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl) && !isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(dcl)) 7693 llvm_unreachable("Unknown/unexpected decl type"); 7694 } 7695 7696 if (AddressOfError != AO_No_Error) { 7697 diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(S, OpLoc, op, AddressOfError); 7698 return QualType(); 7699 } 7700 7701 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) { 7702 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we 7703 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid. 7704 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;". 7705 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange(); 7706 } 7707 7708 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type". 7709 if (op->getType()->isObjCObjectType()) 7710 return S.Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(op->getType()); 7711 return S.Context.getPointerType(op->getType()); 7712} 7713 7714/// CheckIndirectionOperand - Type check unary indirection (prefix '*'). 7715static QualType CheckIndirectionOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op, ExprValueKind &VK, 7716 SourceLocation OpLoc) { 7717 if (Op->isTypeDependent()) 7718 return S.Context.DependentTy; 7719 7720 ExprResult ConvResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Op); 7721 if (ConvResult.isInvalid()) 7722 return QualType(); 7723 Op = ConvResult.take(); 7724 QualType OpTy = Op->getType(); 7725 QualType Result; 7726 7727 if (isa<CXXReinterpretCastExpr>(Op)) { 7728 QualType OpOrigType = Op->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType(); 7729 S.CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(OpOrigType, OpTy, /*IsDereference*/true, 7730 Op->getSourceRange()); 7731 } 7732 7733 // Note that per both C89 and C99, indirection is always legal, even if OpTy 7734 // is an incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about 7735 // dereferencing a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a 7736 // warning is unlikely to catch any mistakes. 7737 if (const PointerType *PT = OpTy->getAs<PointerType>()) 7738 Result = PT->getPointeeType(); 7739 else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 7740 OpTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) 7741 Result = OPT->getPointeeType(); 7742 else { 7743 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op); 7744 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 7745 if (PR.take() != Op) 7746 return CheckIndirectionOperand(S, PR.take(), VK, OpLoc); 7747 } 7748 7749 if (Result.isNull()) { 7750 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer) 7751 << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange(); 7752 return QualType(); 7753 } 7754 7755 // Dereferences are usually l-values... 7756 VK = VK_LValue; 7757 7758 // ...except that certain expressions are never l-values in C. 7759 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result.isCForbiddenLValueType()) 7760 VK = VK_RValue; 7761 7762 return Result; 7763} 7764 7765static inline BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode( 7766 tok::TokenKind Kind) { 7767 BinaryOperatorKind Opc; 7768 switch (Kind) { 7769 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown binop!"); 7770 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemD; break; 7771 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemI; break; 7772 case tok::star: Opc = BO_Mul; break; 7773 case tok::slash: Opc = BO_Div; break; 7774 case tok::percent: Opc = BO_Rem; break; 7775 case tok::plus: Opc = BO_Add; break; 7776 case tok::minus: Opc = BO_Sub; break; 7777 case tok::lessless: Opc = BO_Shl; break; 7778 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BO_Shr; break; 7779 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BO_LE; break; 7780 case tok::less: Opc = BO_LT; break; 7781 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BO_GE; break; 7782 case tok::greater: Opc = BO_GT; break; 7783 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BO_NE; break; 7784 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BO_EQ; break; 7785 case tok::amp: Opc = BO_And; break; 7786 case tok::caret: Opc = BO_Xor; break; 7787 case tok::pipe: Opc = BO_Or; break; 7788 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BO_LAnd; break; 7789 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BO_LOr; break; 7790 case tok::equal: Opc = BO_Assign; break; 7791 case tok::starequal: Opc = BO_MulAssign; break; 7792 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BO_DivAssign; break; 7793 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BO_RemAssign; break; 7794 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BO_AddAssign; break; 7795 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BO_SubAssign; break; 7796 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BO_ShlAssign; break; 7797 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BO_ShrAssign; break; 7798 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BO_AndAssign; break; 7799 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BO_XorAssign; break; 7800 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BO_OrAssign; break; 7801 case tok::comma: Opc = BO_Comma; break; 7802 } 7803 return Opc; 7804} 7805 7806static inline UnaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode( 7807 tok::TokenKind Kind) { 7808 UnaryOperatorKind Opc; 7809 switch (Kind) { 7810 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!"); 7811 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PreInc; break; 7812 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PreDec; break; 7813 case tok::amp: Opc = UO_AddrOf; break; 7814 case tok::star: Opc = UO_Deref; break; 7815 case tok::plus: Opc = UO_Plus; break; 7816 case tok::minus: Opc = UO_Minus; break; 7817 case tok::tilde: Opc = UO_Not; break; 7818 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UO_LNot; break; 7819 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UO_Real; break; 7820 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UO_Imag; break; 7821 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UO_Extension; break; 7822 } 7823 return Opc; 7824} 7825 7826/// DiagnoseSelfAssignment - Emits a warning if a value is assigned to itself. 7827/// This warning is only emitted for builtin assignment operations. It is also 7828/// suppressed in the event of macro expansions. 7829static void DiagnoseSelfAssignment(Sema &S, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 7830 SourceLocation OpLoc) { 7831 if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 7832 return; 7833 if (OpLoc.isInvalid() || OpLoc.isMacroID()) 7834 return; 7835 LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7836 RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7837 const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr); 7838 const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr); 7839 if (!LHSDeclRef || !RHSDeclRef || 7840 LHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID() || 7841 RHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID()) 7842 return; 7843 const ValueDecl *LHSDecl = 7844 cast<ValueDecl>(LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 7845 const ValueDecl *RHSDecl = 7846 cast<ValueDecl>(RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 7847 if (LHSDecl != RHSDecl) 7848 return; 7849 if (LHSDecl->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 7850 return; 7851 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = LHSDecl->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 7852 if (RefTy->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified()) 7853 return; 7854 7855 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_assignment) 7856 << LHSDeclRef->getType() 7857 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange(); 7858} 7859 7860/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with 7861/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports 7862/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators. 7863ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 7864 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 7865 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { 7866 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && isa<InitListExpr>(RHSExpr)) { 7867 // The syntax only allows initializer lists on the RHS of assignment, 7868 // so we don't need to worry about accepting invalid code for 7869 // non-assignment operators. 7870 // C++11 5.17p9: 7871 // The meaning of x = {v} [...] is that of x = T(v) [...]. The meaning 7872 // of x = {} is x = T(). 7873 InitializationKind Kind = 7874 InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(RHSExpr->getLocStart()); 7875 InitializedEntity Entity = 7876 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LHSExpr->getType()); 7877 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &RHSExpr, 1); 7878 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 7879 MultiExprArg(&RHSExpr, 1)); 7880 if (Init.isInvalid()) 7881 return Init; 7882 RHSExpr = Init.take(); 7883 } 7884 7885 ExprResult LHS = Owned(LHSExpr), RHS = Owned(RHSExpr); 7886 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator. 7887 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators 7888 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation 7889 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result 7890 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue; 7891 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; 7892 7893 switch (Opc) { 7894 case BO_Assign: 7895 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, QualType()); 7896 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7897 LHS.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty) { 7898 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 7899 OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind(); 7900 } 7901 if (!ResultTy.isNull()) 7902 DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc); 7903 break; 7904 case BO_PtrMemD: 7905 case BO_PtrMemI: 7906 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(LHS, RHS, VK, OpLoc, 7907 Opc == BO_PtrMemI); 7908 break; 7909 case BO_Mul: 7910 case BO_Div: 7911 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, false, 7912 Opc == BO_Div); 7913 break; 7914 case BO_Rem: 7915 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc); 7916 break; 7917 case BO_Add: 7918 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); 7919 break; 7920 case BO_Sub: 7921 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc); 7922 break; 7923 case BO_Shl: 7924 case BO_Shr: 7925 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); 7926 break; 7927 case BO_LE: 7928 case BO_LT: 7929 case BO_GE: 7930 case BO_GT: 7931 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true); 7932 break; 7933 case BO_EQ: 7934 case BO_NE: 7935 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, false); 7936 break; 7937 case BO_And: 7938 case BO_Xor: 7939 case BO_Or: 7940 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc); 7941 break; 7942 case BO_LAnd: 7943 case BO_LOr: 7944 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc); 7945 break; 7946 case BO_MulAssign: 7947 case BO_DivAssign: 7948 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true, 7949 Opc == BO_DivAssign); 7950 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; 7951 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) 7952 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy); 7953 break; 7954 case BO_RemAssign: 7955 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true); 7956 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; 7957 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) 7958 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy); 7959 break; 7960 case BO_AddAssign: 7961 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, &CompLHSTy); 7962 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) 7963 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy); 7964 break; 7965 case BO_SubAssign: 7966 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy); 7967 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) 7968 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy); 7969 break; 7970 case BO_ShlAssign: 7971 case BO_ShrAssign: 7972 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true); 7973 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; 7974 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) 7975 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy); 7976 break; 7977 case BO_AndAssign: 7978 case BO_XorAssign: 7979 case BO_OrAssign: 7980 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true); 7981 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; 7982 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) 7983 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy); 7984 break; 7985 case BO_Comma: 7986 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc); 7987 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !RHS.isInvalid()) { 7988 VK = RHS.get()->getValueKind(); 7989 OK = RHS.get()->getObjectKind(); 7990 } 7991 break; 7992 } 7993 if (ResultTy.isNull() || LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 7994 return ExprError(); 7995 7996 // Check for array bounds violations for both sides of the BinaryOperator 7997 CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get()); 7998 CheckArrayAccess(RHS.get()); 7999 8000 if (CompResultTy.isNull()) 8001 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(LHS.take(), RHS.take(), Opc, 8002 ResultTy, VK, OK, OpLoc)); 8003 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS.get()->getObjectKind() != 8004 OK_ObjCProperty) { 8005 VK = VK_LValue; 8006 OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind(); 8007 } 8008 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(LHS.take(), RHS.take(), Opc, 8009 ResultTy, VK, OK, CompLHSTy, 8010 CompResultTy, OpLoc)); 8011} 8012 8013/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison 8014/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that 8015/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of 8016/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1". 8017static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 8018 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr, 8019 Expr *RHSExpr) { 8020 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp; 8021 BinOp::Opcode LHSopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1), 8022 RHSopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1); 8023 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(LHSExpr)) 8024 LHSopc = BO->getOpcode(); 8025 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(RHSExpr)) 8026 RHSopc = BO->getOpcode(); 8027 8028 // Subs are not binary operators. 8029 if (LHSopc == -1 && RHSopc == -1) 8030 return; 8031 8032 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops. 8033 // Don't diagnose this. 8034 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(LHSopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(LHSopc)) && 8035 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(RHSopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(RHSopc))) 8036 return; 8037 8038 bool isLeftComp = BinOp::isComparisonOp(LHSopc); 8039 bool isRightComp = BinOp::isComparisonOp(RHSopc); 8040 if (!isLeftComp && !isRightComp) return; 8041 8042 SourceRange DiagRange = isLeftComp ? SourceRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), 8043 OpLoc) 8044 : SourceRange(OpLoc, RHSExpr->getLocEnd()); 8045 std::string OpStr = isLeftComp ? BinOp::getOpcodeStr(LHSopc) 8046 : BinOp::getOpcodeStr(RHSopc); 8047 SourceRange ParensRange = isLeftComp ? 8048 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(LHSExpr)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), 8049 RHSExpr->getLocEnd()) 8050 : SourceRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), 8051 cast<BinOp>(RHSExpr)->getLHS()->getLocStart()); 8052 8053 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel) 8054 << DiagRange << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << OpStr; 8055 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, 8056 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_silence) << OpStr, 8057 RHSExpr->getSourceRange()); 8058 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, 8059 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc), 8060 ParensRange); 8061} 8062 8063/// \brief It accepts a '&' expr that is inside a '|' one. 8064/// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&' expression 8065/// in parentheses. 8066static void 8067EmitDiagnosticForBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc, 8068 BinaryOperator *Bop) { 8069 assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_And); 8070 Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_bitwise_and_in_bitwise_or) 8071 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc; 8072 SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(), 8073 Self.PDiag(diag::note_bitwise_and_in_bitwise_or_silence), 8074 Bop->getSourceRange()); 8075} 8076 8077/// \brief It accepts a '&&' expr that is inside a '||' one. 8078/// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&&' expression 8079/// in parentheses. 8080static void 8081EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc, 8082 BinaryOperator *Bop) { 8083 assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd); 8084 Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_and_in_logical_or) 8085 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc; 8086 SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(), 8087 Self.PDiag(diag::note_logical_and_in_logical_or_silence), 8088 Bop->getSourceRange()); 8089} 8090 8091/// \brief Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant 8092/// 'true'. 8093static bool EvaluatesAsTrue(Sema &S, Expr *E) { 8094 bool Res; 8095 return E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && Res; 8096} 8097 8098/// \brief Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant 8099/// 'false'. 8100static bool EvaluatesAsFalse(Sema &S, Expr *E) { 8101 bool Res; 8102 return E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && !Res; 8103} 8104 8105/// \brief Look for '&&' in the left hand of a '||' expr. 8106static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 8107 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { 8108 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr)) { 8109 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) { 8110 // If it's "a && b || 0" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter. 8111 if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, RHSExpr)) 8112 return; 8113 // If it's "1 && a || b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter. 8114 if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getLHS())) 8115 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop); 8116 } else if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) { 8117 if (BinaryOperator *RBop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Bop->getRHS())) { 8118 // If it's "a || b && 1 || c" we didn't warn earlier for 8119 // "a || b && 1", but warn now. 8120 if (RBop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd && EvaluatesAsTrue(S, RBop->getRHS())) 8121 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, RBop); 8122 } 8123 } 8124 } 8125} 8126 8127/// \brief Look for '&&' in the right hand of a '||' expr. 8128static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 8129 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { 8130 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr)) { 8131 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) { 8132 // If it's "0 || a && b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter. 8133 if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, LHSExpr)) 8134 return; 8135 // If it's "a || b && 1" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter. 8136 if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getRHS())) 8137 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop); 8138 } 8139 } 8140} 8141 8142/// \brief Look for '&' in the left or right hand of a '|' expr. 8143static void DiagnoseBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 8144 Expr *OrArg) { 8145 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(OrArg)) { 8146 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_And) 8147 return EmitDiagnosticForBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(S, OpLoc, Bop); 8148 } 8149} 8150 8151/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky 8152/// precedence. 8153static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 8154 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr, 8155 Expr *RHSExpr){ 8156 // Diagnose "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3". 8157 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc)) 8158 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); 8159 8160 // Diagnose "arg1 & arg2 | arg3" 8161 if (Opc == BO_Or && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) { 8162 DiagnoseBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr); 8163 DiagnoseBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Self, OpLoc, RHSExpr); 8164 } 8165 8166 // Warn about arg1 || arg2 && arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does. 8167 // We don't warn for 'assert(a || b && "bad")' since this is safe. 8168 if (Opc == BO_LOr && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) { 8169 DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); 8170 DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); 8171 } 8172} 8173 8174// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 8175ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 8176 tok::TokenKind Kind, 8177 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { 8178 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind); 8179 assert((LHSExpr != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression"); 8180 assert((RHSExpr != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression"); 8181 8182 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0" 8183 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); 8184 8185 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); 8186} 8187 8188/// Build an overloaded binary operator expression in the given scope. 8189static ExprResult BuildOverloadedBinOp(Sema &S, Scope *Sc, SourceLocation OpLoc, 8190 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 8191 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) { 8192 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this 8193 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local 8194 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of 8195 // the arguments. 8196 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions; 8197 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp 8198 = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); 8199 if (Sc && OverOp != OO_None) 8200 S.LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, Sc, LHS->getType(), 8201 RHS->getType(), Functions); 8202 8203 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent) 8204 // binary operation. 8205 return S.CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, LHS, RHS); 8206} 8207 8208ExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 8209 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 8210 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { 8211 // We want to end up calling one of checkPseudoObjectAssignment 8212 // (if the LHS is a pseudo-object), BuildOverloadedBinOp (if 8213 // both expressions are overloadable or either is type-dependent), 8214 // or CreateBuiltinBinOp (in any other case). We also want to get 8215 // any placeholder types out of the way. 8216 8217 // Handle pseudo-objects in the LHS. 8218 if (const BuiltinType *pty = LHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { 8219 // Assignments with a pseudo-object l-value need special analysis. 8220 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject && 8221 BinaryOperator::isAssignmentOp(Opc)) 8222 return checkPseudoObjectAssignment(S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); 8223 8224 // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable. 8225 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) { 8226 // We can't actually test that if we still have a placeholder, 8227 // though. Fortunately, none of the exceptions we see in that 8228 // code below are valid when the LHS is an overload set. Note 8229 // that an overload set can be dependently-typed, but it never 8230 // instantiates to having an overloadable type. 8231 ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr); 8232 if (resolvedRHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 8233 RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.take(); 8234 8235 if (RHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || 8236 RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType()) 8237 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); 8238 } 8239 8240 ExprResult LHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHSExpr); 8241 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 8242 LHSExpr = LHS.take(); 8243 } 8244 8245 // Handle pseudo-objects in the RHS. 8246 if (const BuiltinType *pty = RHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { 8247 // An overload in the RHS can potentially be resolved by the type 8248 // being assigned to. 8249 if (Opc == BO_Assign && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) { 8250 if (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent()) 8251 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); 8252 8253 if (LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType()) 8254 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); 8255 8256 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); 8257 } 8258 8259 // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable. 8260 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload && 8261 LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType()) 8262 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); 8263 8264 ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr); 8265 if (!resolvedRHS.isUsable()) return ExprError(); 8266 RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.take(); 8267 } 8268 8269 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8270 // If either expression is type-dependent, always build an 8271 // overloaded op. 8272 if (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent()) 8273 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); 8274 8275 // Otherwise, build an overloaded op if either expression has an 8276 // overloadable type. 8277 if (LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType() || 8278 RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType()) 8279 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); 8280 } 8281 8282 // Build a built-in binary operation. 8283 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); 8284} 8285 8286ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 8287 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 8288 Expr *InputExpr) { 8289 ExprResult Input = Owned(InputExpr); 8290 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue; 8291 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; 8292 QualType resultType; 8293 switch (Opc) { 8294 case UO_PreInc: 8295 case UO_PreDec: 8296 case UO_PostInc: 8297 case UO_PostDec: 8298 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OpLoc, 8299 Opc == UO_PreInc || 8300 Opc == UO_PostInc, 8301 Opc == UO_PreInc || 8302 Opc == UO_PreDec); 8303 break; 8304 case UO_AddrOf: 8305 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(*this, Input, OpLoc); 8306 break; 8307 case UO_Deref: { 8308 Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.take()); 8309 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OpLoc); 8310 break; 8311 } 8312 case UO_Plus: 8313 case UO_Minus: 8314 Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.take()); 8315 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 8316 resultType = Input.get()->getType(); 8317 if (resultType->isDependentType()) 8318 break; 8319 if (resultType->isArithmeticType() || // C99 6.5.3.3p1 8320 resultType->isVectorType()) 8321 break; 8322 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7 8323 resultType->isEnumeralType()) 8324 break; 8325 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6 8326 Opc == UO_Plus && 8327 resultType->isPointerType()) 8328 break; 8329 8330 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) 8331 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); 8332 8333 case UO_Not: // bitwise complement 8334 Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.take()); 8335 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 8336 resultType = Input.get()->getType(); 8337 if (resultType->isDependentType()) 8338 break; 8339 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension. 8340 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType()) 8341 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation. 8342 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex) 8343 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange(); 8344 else if (resultType->hasIntegerRepresentation()) 8345 break; 8346 else { 8347 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) 8348 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); 8349 } 8350 break; 8351 8352 case UO_LNot: // logical negation 8353 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5). 8354 Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.take()); 8355 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 8356 resultType = Input.get()->getType(); 8357 8358 // Though we still have to promote half FP to float... 8359 if (resultType->isHalfType()) { 8360 Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.take(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).take(); 8361 resultType = Context.FloatTy; 8362 } 8363 8364 if (resultType->isDependentType()) 8365 break; 8366 if (resultType->isScalarType()) { 8367 // C99 6.5.3.3p1: ok, fallthrough; 8368 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8369 // C++03 [expr.unary.op]p8, C++0x [expr.unary.op]p9: 8370 // operand contextually converted to bool. 8371 Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.take(), Context.BoolTy, 8372 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(resultType)); 8373 } 8374 } else if (resultType->isExtVectorType()) { 8375 // Vector logical not returns the signed variant of the operand type. 8376 resultType = GetSignedVectorType(resultType); 8377 break; 8378 } else { 8379 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) 8380 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); 8381 } 8382 8383 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5. 8384 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8 8385 resultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType(); 8386 break; 8387 case UO_Real: 8388 case UO_Imag: 8389 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(*this, Input, OpLoc, Opc == UO_Real); 8390 // _Real maps ordinary l-values into ordinary l-values. _Imag maps ordinary 8391 // complex l-values to ordinary l-values and all other values to r-values. 8392 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 8393 if (Opc == UO_Real || Input.get()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) { 8394 if (Input.get()->getValueKind() != VK_RValue && 8395 Input.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary) 8396 VK = Input.get()->getValueKind(); 8397 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8398 // In C, a volatile scalar is read by __imag. In C++, it is not. 8399 Input = DefaultLvalueConversion(Input.take()); 8400 } 8401 break; 8402 case UO_Extension: 8403 resultType = Input.get()->getType(); 8404 VK = Input.get()->getValueKind(); 8405 OK = Input.get()->getObjectKind(); 8406 break; 8407 } 8408 if (resultType.isNull() || Input.isInvalid()) 8409 return ExprError(); 8410 8411 // Check for array bounds violations in the operand of the UnaryOperator, 8412 // except for the '*' and '&' operators that have to be handled specially 8413 // by CheckArrayAccess (as there are special cases like &array[arraysize] 8414 // that are explicitly defined as valid by the standard). 8415 if (Opc != UO_AddrOf && Opc != UO_Deref) 8416 CheckArrayAccess(Input.get()); 8417 8418 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input.take(), Opc, resultType, 8419 VK, OK, OpLoc)); 8420} 8421 8422/// \brief Determine whether the given expression is a qualified member 8423/// access expression, of a form that could be turned into a pointer to member 8424/// with the address-of operator. 8425static bool isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E) { 8426 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8427 if (!DRE->getQualifier()) 8428 return false; 8429 8430 ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl(); 8431 if (!VD->isCXXClassMember()) 8432 return false; 8433 8434 if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 8435 return true; 8436 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)) 8437 return Method->isInstance(); 8438 8439 return false; 8440 } 8441 8442 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) { 8443 if (!ULE->getQualifier()) 8444 return false; 8445 8446 for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator D = ULE->decls_begin(), 8447 DEnd = ULE->decls_end(); 8448 D != DEnd; ++D) { 8449 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*D)) { 8450 if (Method->isInstance()) 8451 return true; 8452 } else { 8453 // Overload set does not contain methods. 8454 break; 8455 } 8456 } 8457 8458 return false; 8459 } 8460 8461 return false; 8462} 8463 8464ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 8465 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input) { 8466 // First things first: handle placeholders so that the 8467 // overloaded-operator check considers the right type. 8468 if (const BuiltinType *pty = Input->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { 8469 // Increment and decrement of pseudo-object references. 8470 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject && 8471 UnaryOperator::isIncrementDecrementOp(Opc)) 8472 return checkPseudoObjectIncDec(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input); 8473 8474 // extension is always a builtin operator. 8475 if (Opc == UO_Extension) 8476 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input); 8477 8478 // & gets special logic for several kinds of placeholder. 8479 // The builtin code knows what to do. 8480 if (Opc == UO_AddrOf && 8481 (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload || 8482 pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny || 8483 pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember)) 8484 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input); 8485 8486 // Anything else needs to be handled now. 8487 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Input); 8488 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 8489 Input = Result.take(); 8490 } 8491 8492 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() && 8493 UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc) != OO_None && 8494 !(Opc == UO_AddrOf && isQualifiedMemberAccess(Input))) { 8495 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this 8496 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local 8497 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of 8498 // the arguments. 8499 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions; 8500 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); 8501 if (S && OverOp != OO_None) 8502 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(), 8503 Functions); 8504 8505 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, Input); 8506 } 8507 8508 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input); 8509} 8510 8511// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 8512ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 8513 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input) { 8514 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), Input); 8515} 8516 8517/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 8518ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 8519 LabelDecl *TheDecl) { 8520 TheDecl->setUsed(); 8521 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'. 8522 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, TheDecl, 8523 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy))); 8524} 8525 8526/// Given the last statement in a statement-expression, check whether 8527/// the result is a producing expression (like a call to an 8528/// ns_returns_retained function) and, if so, rebuild it to hoist the 8529/// release out of the full-expression. Otherwise, return null. 8530/// Cannot fail. 8531static Expr *maybeRebuildARCConsumingStmt(Stmt *Statement) { 8532 // Should always be wrapped with one of these. 8533 ExprWithCleanups *cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Statement); 8534 if (!cleanups) return 0; 8535 8536 ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(cleanups->getSubExpr()); 8537 if (!cast || cast->getCastKind() != CK_ARCConsumeObject) 8538 return 0; 8539 8540 // Splice out the cast. This shouldn't modify any interesting 8541 // features of the statement. 8542 Expr *producer = cast->getSubExpr(); 8543 assert(producer->getType() == cast->getType()); 8544 assert(producer->getValueKind() == cast->getValueKind()); 8545 cleanups->setSubExpr(producer); 8546 return cleanups; 8547} 8548 8549void Sema::ActOnStartStmtExpr() { 8550 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context); 8551} 8552 8553void Sema::ActOnStmtExprError() { 8554 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8555 PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 8556} 8557 8558ExprResult 8559Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 8560 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})" 8561 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!"); 8562 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt); 8563 8564 if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) 8565 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8566 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "cleanups within StmtExpr not correctly bound!"); 8567 PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 8568 8569 bool isFileScope 8570 = (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0) && (getCurBlock() == 0); 8571 if (isFileScope) 8572 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope)); 8573 8574 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for 8575 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently. 8576 // More semantic analysis is needed. 8577 8578 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one 8579 // as the type of the stmtexpr. 8580 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy; 8581 bool StmtExprMayBindToTemp = false; 8582 if (!Compound->body_empty()) { 8583 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back(); 8584 LabelStmt *LastLabelStmt = 0; 8585 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body. 8586 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt)) { 8587 LastLabelStmt = Label; 8588 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt(); 8589 } 8590 8591 if (Expr *LastE = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt)) { 8592 // Do function/array conversion on the last expression, but not 8593 // lvalue-to-rvalue. However, initialize an unqualified type. 8594 ExprResult LastExpr = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LastE); 8595 if (LastExpr.isInvalid()) 8596 return ExprError(); 8597 Ty = LastExpr.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 8598 8599 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && !LastExpr.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 8600 // In ARC, if the final expression ends in a consume, splice 8601 // the consume out and bind it later. In the alternate case 8602 // (when dealing with a retainable type), the result 8603 // initialization will create a produce. In both cases the 8604 // result will be +1, and we'll need to balance that out with 8605 // a bind. 8606 if (Expr *rebuiltLastStmt 8607 = maybeRebuildARCConsumingStmt(LastExpr.get())) { 8608 LastExpr = rebuiltLastStmt; 8609 } else { 8610 LastExpr = PerformCopyInitialization( 8611 InitializedEntity::InitializeResult(LPLoc, 8612 Ty, 8613 false), 8614 SourceLocation(), 8615 LastExpr); 8616 } 8617 8618 if (LastExpr.isInvalid()) 8619 return ExprError(); 8620 if (LastExpr.get() != 0) { 8621 if (!LastLabelStmt) 8622 Compound->setLastStmt(LastExpr.take()); 8623 else 8624 LastLabelStmt->setSubStmt(LastExpr.take()); 8625 StmtExprMayBindToTemp = true; 8626 } 8627 } 8628 } 8629 } 8630 8631 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement 8632 // expressions are not lvalues. 8633 Expr *ResStmtExpr = new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc); 8634 if (StmtExprMayBindToTemp) 8635 return MaybeBindToTemporary(ResStmtExpr); 8636 return Owned(ResStmtExpr); 8637} 8638 8639ExprResult Sema::BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 8640 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 8641 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 8642 unsigned NumComponents, 8643 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 8644 QualType ArgTy = TInfo->getType(); 8645 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType(); 8646 SourceRange TypeRange = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 8647 8648 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first 8649 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents 8650 // a struct/union/class. 8651 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType()) 8652 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) 8653 << ArgTy << TypeRange); 8654 8655 // Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable 8656 // with an incomplete type would be ill-formed. 8657 if (!Dependent 8658 && RequireCompleteType(BuiltinLoc, ArgTy, 8659 PDiag(diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type) 8660 << TypeRange)) 8661 return ExprError(); 8662 8663 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a 8664 // GCC extension, diagnose them. 8665 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in 8666 // a system header! 8667 if (NumComponents != 1) 8668 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator) 8669 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd); 8670 8671 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false; 8672 QualType CurrentType = ArgTy; 8673 typedef OffsetOfExpr::OffsetOfNode OffsetOfNode; 8674 SmallVector<OffsetOfNode, 4> Comps; 8675 SmallVector<Expr*, 4> Exprs; 8676 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) { 8677 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i]; 8678 if (OC.isBrackets) { 8679 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements? 8680 if (!CurrentType->isDependentType()) { 8681 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(CurrentType); 8682 if(!AT) 8683 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type) 8684 << CurrentType); 8685 CurrentType = AT->getElementType(); 8686 } else 8687 CurrentType = Context.DependentTy; 8688 8689 ExprResult IdxRval = DefaultLvalueConversion(static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E)); 8690 if (IdxRval.isInvalid()) 8691 return ExprError(); 8692 Expr *Idx = IdxRval.take(); 8693 8694 // The expression must be an integral expression. 8695 // FIXME: An integral constant expression? 8696 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->isValueDependent() && 8697 !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType()) 8698 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(), 8699 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer) 8700 << Idx->getSourceRange()); 8701 8702 // Record this array index. 8703 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, Exprs.size(), OC.LocEnd)); 8704 Exprs.push_back(Idx); 8705 continue; 8706 } 8707 8708 // Offset of a field. 8709 if (CurrentType->isDependentType()) { 8710 // We have the offset of a field, but we can't look into the dependent 8711 // type. Just record the identifier of the field. 8712 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocEnd)); 8713 CurrentType = Context.DependentTy; 8714 continue; 8715 } 8716 8717 // We need to have a complete type to look into. 8718 if (RequireCompleteType(OC.LocStart, CurrentType, 8719 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type)) 8720 return ExprError(); 8721 8722 // Look for the designated field. 8723 const RecordType *RC = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>(); 8724 if (!RC) 8725 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) 8726 << CurrentType); 8727 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl(); 8728 8729 // C++ [lib.support.types]p5: 8730 // The macro offsetof accepts a restricted set of type arguments in this 8731 // International Standard. type shall be a POD structure or a POD union 8732 // (clause 9). 8733 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { 8734 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD && 8735 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc, 0, 8736 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type) 8737 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd) 8738 << CurrentType)) 8739 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true; 8740 } 8741 8742 // Look for the field. 8743 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName); 8744 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD); 8745 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>(); 8746 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectMemberDecl = 0; 8747 if (!MemberDecl) { 8748 if ((IndirectMemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<IndirectFieldDecl>())) 8749 MemberDecl = IndirectMemberDecl->getAnonField(); 8750 } 8751 8752 if (!MemberDecl) 8753 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member) 8754 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, 8755 OC.LocEnd)); 8756 8757 // C99 7.17p3: 8758 // (If the specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.) 8759 // 8760 // We diagnose this as an error. 8761 if (MemberDecl->isBitField()) { 8762 Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_bitfield) 8763 << MemberDecl->getDeclName() 8764 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); 8765 Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_bitfield_decl); 8766 return ExprError(); 8767 } 8768 8769 RecordDecl *Parent = MemberDecl->getParent(); 8770 if (IndirectMemberDecl) 8771 Parent = cast<RecordDecl>(IndirectMemberDecl->getDeclContext()); 8772 8773 // If the member was found in a base class, introduce OffsetOfNodes for 8774 // the base class indirections. 8775 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true, 8776 /*DetectVirtual=*/false); 8777 if (IsDerivedFrom(CurrentType, Context.getTypeDeclType(Parent), Paths)) { 8778 CXXBasePath &Path = Paths.front(); 8779 for (CXXBasePath::iterator B = Path.begin(), BEnd = Path.end(); 8780 B != BEnd; ++B) 8781 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(B->Base)); 8782 } 8783 8784 if (IndirectMemberDecl) { 8785 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator FI = 8786 IndirectMemberDecl->chain_begin(), 8787 FEnd = IndirectMemberDecl->chain_end(); FI != FEnd; FI++) { 8788 assert(isa<FieldDecl>(*FI)); 8789 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, 8790 cast<FieldDecl>(*FI), OC.LocEnd)); 8791 } 8792 } else 8793 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd)); 8794 8795 CurrentType = MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType(); 8796 } 8797 8798 return Owned(OffsetOfExpr::Create(Context, Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc, 8799 TInfo, Comps.data(), Comps.size(), 8800 Exprs.data(), Exprs.size(), RParenLoc)); 8801} 8802 8803ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 8804 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 8805 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 8806 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 8807 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 8808 unsigned NumComponents, 8809 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 8810 8811 TypeSourceInfo *ArgTInfo; 8812 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedArgTy, &ArgTInfo); 8813 if (ArgTy.isNull()) 8814 return ExprError(); 8815 8816 if (!ArgTInfo) 8817 ArgTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ArgTy, TypeLoc); 8818 8819 return BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(BuiltinLoc, ArgTInfo, CompPtr, NumComponents, 8820 RParenLoc); 8821} 8822 8823 8824ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 8825 Expr *CondExpr, 8826 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 8827 SourceLocation RPLoc) { 8828 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)"); 8829 8830 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue; 8831 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; 8832 QualType resType; 8833 bool ValueDependent = false; 8834 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) { 8835 resType = Context.DependentTy; 8836 ValueDependent = true; 8837 } else { 8838 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression. 8839 llvm::APSInt condEval(32); 8840 ExprResult CondICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(CondExpr, &condEval, 8841 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant), false); 8842 if (CondICE.isInvalid()) 8843 return ExprError(); 8844 CondExpr = CondICE.take(); 8845 8846 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr. 8847 Expr *ActiveExpr = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr; 8848 8849 resType = ActiveExpr->getType(); 8850 ValueDependent = ActiveExpr->isValueDependent(); 8851 VK = ActiveExpr->getValueKind(); 8852 OK = ActiveExpr->getObjectKind(); 8853 } 8854 8855 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, 8856 resType, VK, OK, RPLoc, 8857 resType->isDependentType(), 8858 ValueDependent)); 8859} 8860 8861//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 8862// Clang Extensions. 8863//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 8864 8865/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started. 8866void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) { 8867 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc); 8868 PushBlockScope(CurScope, Block); 8869 CurContext->addDecl(Block); 8870 if (CurScope) 8871 PushDeclContext(CurScope, Block); 8872 else 8873 CurContext = Block; 8874 8875 getCurBlock()->HasImplicitReturnType = true; 8876 8877 // Enter a new evaluation context to insulate the block from any 8878 // cleanups from the enclosing full-expression. 8879 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(PotentiallyEvaluated); 8880} 8881 8882void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) { 8883 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!"); 8884 assert(ParamInfo.getContext() == Declarator::BlockLiteralContext); 8885 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock(); 8886 8887 TypeSourceInfo *Sig = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope); 8888 QualType T = Sig->getType(); 8889 8890 // GetTypeForDeclarator always produces a function type for a block 8891 // literal signature. Furthermore, it is always a FunctionProtoType 8892 // unless the function was written with a typedef. 8893 assert(T->isFunctionType() && 8894 "GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature"); 8895 8896 // Look for an explicit signature in that function type. 8897 FunctionProtoTypeLoc ExplicitSignature; 8898 8899 TypeLoc tmp = Sig->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens(); 8900 if (isa<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>(tmp)) { 8901 ExplicitSignature = cast<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>(tmp); 8902 8903 // Check whether that explicit signature was synthesized by 8904 // GetTypeForDeclarator. If so, don't save that as part of the 8905 // written signature. 8906 if (ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeBegin() == 8907 ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeEnd()) { 8908 // This would be much cheaper if we stored TypeLocs instead of 8909 // TypeSourceInfos. 8910 TypeLoc Result = ExplicitSignature.getResultLoc(); 8911 unsigned Size = Result.getFullDataSize(); 8912 Sig = Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Result.getType(), Size); 8913 Sig->getTypeLoc().initializeFullCopy(Result, Size); 8914 8915 ExplicitSignature = FunctionProtoTypeLoc(); 8916 } 8917 } 8918 8919 CurBlock->TheDecl->setSignatureAsWritten(Sig); 8920 CurBlock->FunctionType = T; 8921 8922 const FunctionType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8923 QualType RetTy = Fn->getResultType(); 8924 bool isVariadic = 8925 (isa<FunctionProtoType>(Fn) && cast<FunctionProtoType>(Fn)->isVariadic()); 8926 8927 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(isVariadic); 8928 8929 // Don't allow returning a objc interface by value. 8930 if (RetTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 8931 Diag(ParamInfo.getLocStart(), 8932 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy; 8933 return; 8934 } 8935 8936 // Context.DependentTy is used as a placeholder for a missing block 8937 // return type. TODO: what should we do with declarators like: 8938 // ^ * { ... } 8939 // If the answer is "apply template argument deduction".... 8940 if (RetTy != Context.DependentTy) { 8941 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy; 8942 CurBlock->TheDecl->setBlockMissingReturnType(false); 8943 CurBlock->HasImplicitReturnType = false; 8944 } 8945 8946 // Push block parameters from the declarator if we had them. 8947 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 8> Params; 8948 if (ExplicitSignature) { 8949 for (unsigned I = 0, E = ExplicitSignature.getNumArgs(); I != E; ++I) { 8950 ParmVarDecl *Param = ExplicitSignature.getArg(I); 8951 if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 && 8952 !Param->isImplicit() && 8953 !Param->isInvalidDecl() && 8954 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 8955 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted); 8956 Params.push_back(Param); 8957 } 8958 8959 // Fake up parameter variables if we have a typedef, like 8960 // ^ fntype { ... } 8961 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8962 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 8963 I = Fn->arg_type_begin(), E = Fn->arg_type_end(); I != E; ++I) { 8964 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8965 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(CurBlock->TheDecl, 8966 ParamInfo.getLocStart(), 8967 *I); 8968 Params.push_back(Param); 8969 } 8970 } 8971 8972 // Set the parameters on the block decl. 8973 if (!Params.empty()) { 8974 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Params); 8975 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(), 8976 CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(), 8977 /*CheckParameterNames=*/false); 8978 } 8979 8980 // Finally we can process decl attributes. 8981 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo); 8982 8983 // Put the parameter variables in scope. We can bail out immediately 8984 // if we don't have any. 8985 if (Params.empty()) 8986 return; 8987 8988 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(), 8989 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) { 8990 (*AI)->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl); 8991 8992 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 8993 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier()) { 8994 CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, *AI); 8995 8996 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope); 8997 } 8998 } 8999} 9000 9001/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 9002/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 9003void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) { 9004 // Leave the expression-evaluation context. 9005 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9006 PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 9007 9008 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks. 9009 PopDeclContext(); 9010 PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 9011} 9012 9013/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 9014/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 9015ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, 9016 Stmt *Body, Scope *CurScope) { 9017 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error. 9018 if (!LangOpts.Blocks) 9019 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable); 9020 9021 // Leave the expression-evaluation context. 9022 if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) 9023 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9024 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "cleanups within block not correctly bound!"); 9025 PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 9026 9027 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back()); 9028 9029 PopDeclContext(); 9030 9031 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy; 9032 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull()) 9033 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType; 9034 9035 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>(); 9036 QualType BlockTy; 9037 9038 // Set the captured variables on the block. 9039 // FIXME: Share capture structure between BlockDecl and CapturingScopeInfo! 9040 SmallVector<BlockDecl::Capture, 4> Captures; 9041 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Captures.size(); i != e; i++) { 9042 CapturingScopeInfo::Capture &Cap = BSI->Captures[i]; 9043 if (Cap.isThisCapture()) 9044 continue; 9045 BlockDecl::Capture NewCap(Cap.getVariable(), Cap.isBlockCapture(), 9046 Cap.isNested(), Cap.getCopyExpr()); 9047 Captures.push_back(NewCap); 9048 } 9049 BSI->TheDecl->setCaptures(Context, Captures.begin(), Captures.end(), 9050 BSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0); 9051 9052 // If the user wrote a function type in some form, try to use that. 9053 if (!BSI->FunctionType.isNull()) { 9054 const FunctionType *FTy = BSI->FunctionType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 9055 9056 FunctionType::ExtInfo Ext = FTy->getExtInfo(); 9057 if (NoReturn && !Ext.getNoReturn()) Ext = Ext.withNoReturn(true); 9058 9059 // Turn protoless block types into nullary block types. 9060 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FTy)) { 9061 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 9062 EPI.ExtInfo = Ext; 9063 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, EPI); 9064 9065 // Otherwise, if we don't need to change anything about the function type, 9066 // preserve its sugar structure. 9067 } else if (FTy->getResultType() == RetTy && 9068 (!NoReturn || FTy->getNoReturnAttr())) { 9069 BlockTy = BSI->FunctionType; 9070 9071 // Otherwise, make the minimal modifications to the function type. 9072 } else { 9073 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(FTy); 9074 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 9075 EPI.TypeQuals = 0; // FIXME: silently? 9076 EPI.ExtInfo = Ext; 9077 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 9078 FPT->arg_type_begin(), 9079 FPT->getNumArgs(), 9080 EPI); 9081 } 9082 9083 // If we don't have a function type, just build one from nothing. 9084 } else { 9085 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 9086 EPI.ExtInfo = FunctionType::ExtInfo().withNoReturn(NoReturn); 9087 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, EPI); 9088 } 9089 9090 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->TheDecl->param_begin(), 9091 BSI->TheDecl->param_end()); 9092 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy); 9093 9094 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block. 9095 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 9096 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) 9097 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)); 9098 9099 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)); 9100 9101 for (BlockDecl::capture_const_iterator ci = BSI->TheDecl->capture_begin(), 9102 ce = BSI->TheDecl->capture_end(); ci != ce; ++ci) { 9103 const VarDecl *variable = ci->getVariable(); 9104 QualType T = variable->getType(); 9105 QualType::DestructionKind destructKind = T.isDestructedType(); 9106 if (destructKind != QualType::DK_none) 9107 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9108 } 9109 9110 computeNRVO(Body, getCurBlock()); 9111 9112 BlockExpr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy); 9113 const AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy &WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 9114 PopFunctionScopeInfo(&WP, Result->getBlockDecl(), Result); 9115 9116 // If the block isn't obviously global, i.e. it captures anything at 9117 // all, mark this full-expression as needing a cleanup. 9118 if (Result->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures()) { 9119 ExprCleanupObjects.push_back(Result->getBlockDecl()); 9120 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 9121 } 9122 9123 return Owned(Result); 9124} 9125 9126ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 9127 Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 9128 SourceLocation RPLoc) { 9129 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 9130 GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo); 9131 return BuildVAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc); 9132} 9133 9134ExprResult Sema::BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 9135 Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 9136 SourceLocation RPLoc) { 9137 Expr *OrigExpr = E; 9138 9139 // Get the va_list type 9140 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 9141 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) { 9142 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64, 9143 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to 9144 // a pointer for va_arg. 9145 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType); 9146 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately. 9147 ExprResult Result = UsualUnaryConversions(E); 9148 if (Result.isInvalid()) 9149 return ExprError(); 9150 E = Result.take(); 9151 } else { 9152 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because 9153 // it is modified by va_arg. 9154 if (!E->isTypeDependent() && 9155 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this)) 9156 return ExprError(); 9157 } 9158 9159 if (!E->isTypeDependent() && 9160 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) { 9161 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(), 9162 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list) 9163 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange()); 9164 } 9165 9166 if (!TInfo->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9167 if (RequireCompleteType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TInfo->getType(), 9168 PDiag(diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_incomplete) 9169 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange())) 9170 return ExprError(); 9171 9172 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 9173 TInfo->getType(), 9174 PDiag(diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_abstract) 9175 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange())) 9176 return ExprError(); 9177 9178 if (!TInfo->getType().isPODType(Context)) { 9179 Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 9180 TInfo->getType()->isObjCLifetimeType() 9181 ? diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_ownership_qualified 9182 : diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_not_pod) 9183 << TInfo->getType() 9184 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 9185 } 9186 9187 // Check for va_arg where arguments of the given type will be promoted 9188 // (i.e. this va_arg is guaranteed to have undefined behavior). 9189 QualType PromoteType; 9190 if (TInfo->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType()) { 9191 PromoteType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(TInfo->getType()); 9192 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(PromoteType, TInfo->getType())) 9193 PromoteType = QualType(); 9194 } 9195 if (TInfo->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) 9196 PromoteType = Context.DoubleTy; 9197 if (!PromoteType.isNull()) 9198 Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 9199 diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_never_compatible) 9200 << TInfo->getType() 9201 << PromoteType 9202 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 9203 } 9204 9205 QualType T = TInfo->getType().getNonLValueExprType(Context); 9206 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc, T)); 9207} 9208 9209ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) { 9210 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of 9211 // pointers on the target. 9212 QualType Ty; 9213 unsigned pw = Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0); 9214 if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth()) 9215 Ty = Context.IntTy; 9216 else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth()) 9217 Ty = Context.LongTy; 9218 else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth()) 9219 Ty = Context.LongLongTy; 9220 else { 9221 llvm_unreachable("I don't know size of pointer!"); 9222 } 9223 9224 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc)); 9225} 9226 9227static void MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(Sema& SemaRef, QualType DstType, 9228 Expr *SrcExpr, FixItHint &Hint) { 9229 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().ObjC1) 9230 return; 9231 9232 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 9233 if (!PT) 9234 return; 9235 9236 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'. 9237 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) { 9238 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface. 9239 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl(); 9240 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString")) 9241 return; 9242 } 9243 9244 // Ignore any parens, implicit casts (should only be 9245 // array-to-pointer decays), and not-so-opaque values. The last is 9246 // important for making this trigger for property assignments. 9247 SrcExpr = SrcExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9248 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OV = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SrcExpr)) 9249 if (OV->getSourceExpr()) 9250 SrcExpr = OV->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9251 9252 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr); 9253 if (!SL || !SL->isAscii()) 9254 return; 9255 9256 Hint = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@"); 9257} 9258 9259bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 9260 SourceLocation Loc, 9261 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 9262 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 9263 bool *Complained) { 9264 if (Complained) 9265 *Complained = false; 9266 9267 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions). 9268 bool CheckInferredResultType = false; 9269 bool isInvalid = false; 9270 unsigned DiagKind = 0; 9271 FixItHint Hint; 9272 ConversionFixItGenerator ConvHints; 9273 bool MayHaveConvFixit = false; 9274 bool MayHaveFunctionDiff = false; 9275 9276 switch (ConvTy) { 9277 case Compatible: return false; 9278 case PointerToInt: 9279 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int; 9280 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this); 9281 MayHaveConvFixit = true; 9282 break; 9283 case IntToPointer: 9284 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer; 9285 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this); 9286 MayHaveConvFixit = true; 9287 break; 9288 case IncompatiblePointer: 9289 MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint); 9290 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer; 9291 CheckInferredResultType = DstType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9292 SrcType->isObjCObjectPointerType(); 9293 if (Hint.isNull() && !CheckInferredResultType) { 9294 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this); 9295 } 9296 MayHaveConvFixit = true; 9297 break; 9298 case IncompatiblePointerSign: 9299 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign; 9300 break; 9301 case FunctionVoidPointer: 9302 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func; 9303 break; 9304 case IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: { 9305 // Perform array-to-pointer decay if necessary. 9306 if (SrcType->isArrayType()) SrcType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(SrcType); 9307 9308 Qualifiers lhq = SrcType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers(); 9309 Qualifiers rhq = DstType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers(); 9310 if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace()) { 9311 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_address_space; 9312 break; 9313 9314 9315 } else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime()) { 9316 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_ownership; 9317 break; 9318 } 9319 9320 llvm_unreachable("unknown error case for discarding qualifiers!"); 9321 // fallthrough 9322 } 9323 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: 9324 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the 9325 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char* 9326 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME: 9327 // Ideally, this check would be performed in 9328 // checkPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a 9329 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an 9330 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part 9331 // of a larger effort to fix checkPointerTypesForAssignment for 9332 // C++ semantics. 9333 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9334 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType)) 9335 return false; 9336 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers; 9337 break; 9338 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers: 9339 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch; 9340 break; 9341 case IntToBlockPointer: 9342 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer; 9343 break; 9344 case IncompatibleBlockPointer: 9345 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer; 9346 break; 9347 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId: 9348 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since 9349 // it can give a more specific diagnostic. 9350 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id; 9351 break; 9352 case IncompatibleVectors: 9353 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors; 9354 break; 9355 case IncompatibleObjCWeakRef: 9356 DiagKind = diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign; 9357 break; 9358 case Incompatible: 9359 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible; 9360 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this); 9361 MayHaveConvFixit = true; 9362 isInvalid = true; 9363 MayHaveFunctionDiff = true; 9364 break; 9365 } 9366 9367 QualType FirstType, SecondType; 9368 switch (Action) { 9369 case AA_Assigning: 9370 case AA_Initializing: 9371 // The destination type comes first. 9372 FirstType = DstType; 9373 SecondType = SrcType; 9374 break; 9375 9376 case AA_Returning: 9377 case AA_Passing: 9378 case AA_Converting: 9379 case AA_Sending: 9380 case AA_Casting: 9381 // The source type comes first. 9382 FirstType = SrcType; 9383 SecondType = DstType; 9384 break; 9385 } 9386 9387 PartialDiagnostic FDiag = PDiag(DiagKind); 9388 FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << Action << SrcExpr->getSourceRange(); 9389 9390 // If we can fix the conversion, suggest the FixIts. 9391 assert(ConvHints.isNull() || Hint.isNull()); 9392 if (!ConvHints.isNull()) { 9393 for (std::vector<FixItHint>::iterator HI = ConvHints.Hints.begin(), 9394 HE = ConvHints.Hints.end(); HI != HE; ++HI) 9395 FDiag << *HI; 9396 } else { 9397 FDiag << Hint; 9398 } 9399 if (MayHaveConvFixit) { FDiag << (unsigned) (ConvHints.Kind); } 9400 9401 if (MayHaveFunctionDiff) 9402 HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(FDiag, SecondType, FirstType); 9403 9404 Diag(Loc, FDiag); 9405 9406 if (SecondType == Context.OverloadTy) 9407 NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OverloadExpr::find(SrcExpr).Expression, 9408 FirstType); 9409 9410 if (CheckInferredResultType) 9411 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(SrcExpr); 9412 9413 if (Complained) 9414 *Complained = true; 9415 return isInvalid; 9416} 9417 9418ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, 9419 llvm::APSInt *Result) { 9420 return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, 9421 PDiag(diag::err_expr_not_ice) << LangOpts.CPlusPlus); 9422} 9423 9424ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 9425 PartialDiagnostic NotIceDiag, 9426 bool AllowFold, 9427 PartialDiagnostic FoldDiag) { 9428 SourceLocation DiagLoc = E->getLocStart(); 9429 9430 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) { 9431 // C++11 [expr.const]p5: 9432 // If an expression of literal class type is used in a context where an 9433 // integral constant expression is required, then that class type shall 9434 // have a single non-explicit conversion function to an integral or 9435 // unscoped enumeration type 9436 ExprResult Converted; 9437 if (NotIceDiag.getDiagID()) { 9438 Converted = ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType( 9439 DiagLoc, E, 9440 PDiag(diag::err_ice_not_integral), 9441 PDiag(diag::err_ice_incomplete_type), 9442 PDiag(diag::err_ice_explicit_conversion), 9443 PDiag(diag::note_ice_conversion_here), 9444 PDiag(diag::err_ice_ambiguous_conversion), 9445 PDiag(diag::note_ice_conversion_here), 9446 PDiag(0), 9447 /*AllowScopedEnumerations*/ false); 9448 } else { 9449 // The caller wants to silently enquire whether this is an ICE. Don't 9450 // produce any diagnostics if it isn't. 9451 Converted = ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType( 9452 DiagLoc, E, PDiag(), PDiag(), PDiag(), PDiag(), 9453 PDiag(), PDiag(), PDiag(), false); 9454 } 9455 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 9456 return Converted; 9457 E = Converted.take(); 9458 if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) 9459 return ExprError(); 9460 } else if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) { 9461 // An ICE must be of integral or unscoped enumeration type. 9462 if (NotIceDiag.getDiagID()) 9463 Diag(DiagLoc, NotIceDiag) << E->getSourceRange(); 9464 return ExprError(); 9465 } 9466 9467 // Circumvent ICE checking in C++11 to avoid evaluating the expression twice 9468 // in the non-ICE case. 9469 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) { 9470 if (Result) 9471 *Result = E->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Context); 9472 return Owned(E); 9473 } 9474 9475 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 9476 llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9477 EvalResult.Diag = &Notes; 9478 9479 // Try to evaluate the expression, and produce diagnostics explaining why it's 9480 // not a constant expression as a side-effect. 9481 bool Folded = E->EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult, Context) && 9482 EvalResult.Val.isInt() && !EvalResult.HasSideEffects; 9483 9484 // In C++11, we can rely on diagnostics being produced for any expression 9485 // which is not a constant expression. If no diagnostics were produced, then 9486 // this is a constant expression. 9487 if (Folded && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && Notes.empty()) { 9488 if (Result) 9489 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 9490 return Owned(E); 9491 } 9492 9493 // If our only note is the usual "invalid subexpression" note, just point 9494 // the caret at its location rather than producing an essentially 9495 // redundant note. 9496 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9497 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9498 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9499 Notes.clear(); 9500 } 9501 9502 if (!Folded || !AllowFold) { 9503 if (NotIceDiag.getDiagID()) { 9504 Diag(DiagLoc, NotIceDiag) << E->getSourceRange(); 9505 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9506 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9507 } 9508 9509 return ExprError(); 9510 } 9511 9512 if (FoldDiag.getDiagID()) 9513 Diag(DiagLoc, FoldDiag) << E->getSourceRange(); 9514 else 9515 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::ext_expr_not_ice) 9516 << E->getSourceRange() << LangOpts.CPlusPlus; 9517 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9518 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9519 9520 if (Result) 9521 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 9522 return Owned(E); 9523} 9524 9525namespace { 9526 // Handle the case where we conclude a expression which we speculatively 9527 // considered to be unevaluated is actually evaluated. 9528 class TransformToPE : public TreeTransform<TransformToPE> { 9529 typedef TreeTransform<TransformToPE> BaseTransform; 9530 9531 public: 9532 TransformToPE(Sema &SemaRef) : BaseTransform(SemaRef) { } 9533 9534 // Make sure we redo semantic analysis 9535 bool AlwaysRebuild() { return true; } 9536 9537 // Make sure we handle LabelStmts correctly. 9538 // FIXME: This does the right thing, but maybe we need a more general 9539 // fix to TreeTransform? 9540 StmtResult TransformLabelStmt(LabelStmt *S) { 9541 S->getDecl()->setStmt(0); 9542 return BaseTransform::TransformLabelStmt(S); 9543 } 9544 9545 // We need to special-case DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls which 9546 // are not part of a member pointer formation; normal TreeTransforming 9547 // doesn't catch this case because of the way we represent them in the AST. 9548 // FIXME: This is a bit ugly; is it really the best way to handle this 9549 // case? 9550 // 9551 // Error on DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls. 9552 ExprResult TransformDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9553 if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getDecl()) && 9554 SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context != Sema::Unevaluated) 9555 return SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocation(), 9556 diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use) 9557 << E->getDecl() << E->getSourceRange(); 9558 9559 return BaseTransform::TransformDeclRefExpr(E); 9560 } 9561 9562 // Exception: filter out member pointer formation 9563 ExprResult TransformUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9564 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && E->getType()->isMemberPointerType()) 9565 return E; 9566 9567 return BaseTransform::TransformUnaryOperator(E); 9568 } 9569 9570 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { 9571 // Lambdas never need to be transformed. 9572 return E; 9573 } 9574 }; 9575} 9576 9577ExprResult Sema::TranformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E) { 9578 assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Unevaluated && 9579 "Should only transform unevaluated expressions"); 9580 ExprEvalContexts.back().Context = 9581 ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size()-2].Context; 9582 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Unevaluated) 9583 return E; 9584 return TransformToPE(*this).TransformExpr(E); 9585} 9586 9587void 9588Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 9589 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 9590 bool IsDecltype) { 9591 ExprEvalContexts.push_back( 9592 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, 9593 ExprCleanupObjects.size(), 9594 ExprNeedsCleanups, 9595 LambdaContextDecl, 9596 IsDecltype)); 9597 ExprNeedsCleanups = false; 9598 if (!MaybeODRUseExprs.empty()) 9599 std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, ExprEvalContexts.back().SavedMaybeODRUseExprs); 9600} 9601 9602void Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() { 9603 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord& Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back(); 9604 9605 if (!Rec.Lambdas.empty()) { 9606 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated) { 9607 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p2: 9608 // A lambda-expression shall not appear in an unevaluated operand 9609 // (Clause 5). 9610 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Rec.Lambdas.size(); I != N; ++I) 9611 Diag(Rec.Lambdas[I]->getLocStart(), 9612 diag::err_lambda_unevaluated_operand); 9613 } else { 9614 // Mark the capture expressions odr-used. This was deferred 9615 // during lambda expression creation. 9616 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Rec.Lambdas.size(); I != N; ++I) { 9617 LambdaExpr *Lambda = Rec.Lambdas[I]; 9618 for (LambdaExpr::capture_init_iterator 9619 C = Lambda->capture_init_begin(), 9620 CEnd = Lambda->capture_init_end(); 9621 C != CEnd; ++C) { 9622 MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(*C); 9623 } 9624 } 9625 } 9626 } 9627 9628 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any 9629 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of 9630 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they 9631 // will never be constructed. 9632 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated || Rec.Context == ConstantEvaluated) { 9633 ExprCleanupObjects.erase(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + Rec.NumCleanupObjects, 9634 ExprCleanupObjects.end()); 9635 ExprNeedsCleanups = Rec.ParentNeedsCleanups; 9636 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 9637 std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs); 9638 // Otherwise, merge the contexts together. 9639 } else { 9640 ExprNeedsCleanups |= Rec.ParentNeedsCleanups; 9641 MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.begin(), 9642 Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.end()); 9643 } 9644 9645 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack. 9646 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back(); 9647} 9648 9649void Sema::DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext() { 9650 ExprCleanupObjects.erase( 9651 ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects, 9652 ExprCleanupObjects.end()); 9653 ExprNeedsCleanups = false; 9654 MaybeODRUseExprs.clear(); 9655} 9656 9657ExprResult Sema::HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E) { 9658 if (!E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 9659 return E; 9660 return TranformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); 9661} 9662 9663static bool IsPotentiallyEvaluatedContext(Sema &SemaRef) { 9664 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for 9665 // an instantiation. 9666 if (SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext()) 9667 return false; 9668 9669 switch (SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) { 9670 case Sema::Unevaluated: 9671 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing. 9672 // (Depending on how you read the standard, we actually do need to do 9673 // something here for null pointer constants, but the standard's 9674 // definition of a null pointer constant is completely crazy.) 9675 return false; 9676 9677 case Sema::ConstantEvaluated: 9678 case Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated: 9679 // We are in a potentially evaluated expression (or a constant-expression 9680 // in C++03); we need to do implicit template instantiation, implicitly 9681 // define class members, and mark most declarations as used. 9682 return true; 9683 9684 case Sema::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed: 9685 // Referenced declarations will only be used if the construct in the 9686 // containing expression is used. 9687 return false; 9688 } 9689 llvm_unreachable("Invalid context"); 9690} 9691 9692/// \brief Mark a function referenced, and check whether it is odr-used 9693/// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3) 9694void Sema::MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func) { 9695 assert(Func && "No function?"); 9696 9697 Func->setReferenced(); 9698 9699 // Don't mark this function as used multiple times, unless it's a constexpr 9700 // function which we need to instantiate. 9701 if (Func->isUsed(false) && 9702 !(Func->isConstexpr() && !Func->getBody() && 9703 Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable())) 9704 return; 9705 9706 if (!IsPotentiallyEvaluatedContext(*this)) 9707 return; 9708 9709 // Note that this declaration has been used. 9710 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) { 9711 if (Constructor->isDefaulted() && !Constructor->isDeleted()) { 9712 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { 9713 if (Constructor->isTrivial()) 9714 return; 9715 if (!Constructor->isUsed(false)) 9716 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor); 9717 } else if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor()) { 9718 if (!Constructor->isUsed(false)) 9719 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor); 9720 } else if (Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) { 9721 if (!Constructor->isUsed(false)) 9722 DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(Loc, Constructor); 9723 } 9724 } 9725 9726 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Constructor->getParent()); 9727 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 9728 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Func)) { 9729 if (Destructor->isDefaulted() && !Destructor->isDeleted() && 9730 !Destructor->isUsed(false)) 9731 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor); 9732 if (Destructor->isVirtual()) 9733 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Destructor->getParent()); 9734 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func)) { 9735 if (MethodDecl->isDefaulted() && !MethodDecl->isDeleted() && 9736 MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() && 9737 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) { 9738 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed(false)) { 9739 if (MethodDecl->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) 9740 DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl); 9741 else 9742 DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl); 9743 } 9744 } else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl) && 9745 MethodDecl->getParent()->isLambda()) { 9746 CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl); 9747 if (Conversion->isLambdaToBlockPointerConversion()) 9748 DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion); 9749 else 9750 DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion); 9751 } else if (MethodDecl->isVirtual()) 9752 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, MethodDecl->getParent()); 9753 } 9754 9755 // Recursive functions should be marked when used from another function. 9756 // FIXME: Is this really right? 9757 if (CurContext == Func) return; 9758 9759 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of 9760 // class templates. 9761 if (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) { 9762 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false; 9763 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = Loc; 9764 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo 9765 = Func->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) { 9766 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid()) 9767 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc); 9768 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 9769 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) { 9770 AlreadyInstantiated = true; 9771 PointOfInstantiation = SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation(); 9772 } 9773 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo 9774 = Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) { 9775 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid()) 9776 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc); 9777 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 9778 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) { 9779 AlreadyInstantiated = true; 9780 PointOfInstantiation = MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation(); 9781 } 9782 } 9783 9784 if (!AlreadyInstantiated || Func->isConstexpr()) { 9785 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext()) && 9786 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass()) 9787 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back( 9788 std::make_pair(Func, PointOfInstantiation)); 9789 else if (Func->isConstexpr()) 9790 // Do not defer instantiations of constexpr functions, to avoid the 9791 // expression evaluator needing to call back into Sema if it sees a 9792 // call to such a function. 9793 InstantiateFunctionDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Func); 9794 else { 9795 PendingInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Func, 9796 PointOfInstantiation)); 9797 // Notify the consumer that a function was implicitly instantiated. 9798 Consumer.HandleCXXImplicitFunctionInstantiation(Func); 9799 } 9800 } 9801 } else { 9802 // Walk redefinitions, as some of them may be instantiable. 9803 for (FunctionDecl::redecl_iterator i(Func->redecls_begin()), 9804 e(Func->redecls_end()); i != e; ++i) { 9805 if (!i->isUsed(false) && i->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) 9806 MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, *i); 9807 } 9808 } 9809 9810 // Keep track of used but undefined functions. 9811 if (!Func->isPure() && !Func->hasBody() && 9812 Func->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) { 9813 SourceLocation &old = UndefinedInternals[Func->getCanonicalDecl()]; 9814 if (old.isInvalid()) old = Loc; 9815 } 9816 9817 Func->setUsed(true); 9818} 9819 9820static void 9821diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, 9822 VarDecl *var, DeclContext *DC) { 9823 DeclContext *VarDC = var->getDeclContext(); 9824 9825 // If the parameter still belongs to the translation unit, then 9826 // we're actually just using one parameter in the declaration of 9827 // the next. 9828 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(var) && 9829 isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(VarDC)) 9830 return; 9831 9832 // For C code, don't diagnose about capture if we're not actually in code 9833 // right now; it's impossible to write a non-constant expression outside of 9834 // function context, so we'll get other (more useful) diagnostics later. 9835 // 9836 // For C++, things get a bit more nasty... it would be nice to suppress this 9837 // diagnostic for certain cases like using a local variable in an array bound 9838 // for a member of a local class, but the correct predicate is not obvious. 9839 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !S.CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9840 return; 9841 9842 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VarDC) && 9843 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VarDC->getParent())->isLambda()) { 9844 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_lambda) 9845 << var->getIdentifier(); 9846 } else if (FunctionDecl *fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VarDC)) { 9847 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function) 9848 << var->getIdentifier() << fn->getDeclName(); 9849 } else if (isa<BlockDecl>(VarDC)) { 9850 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_block) 9851 << var->getIdentifier(); 9852 } else { 9853 // FIXME: Is there any other context where a local variable can be 9854 // declared? 9855 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_context) 9856 << var->getIdentifier(); 9857 } 9858 9859 S.Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here) 9860 << var->getIdentifier(); 9861 9862 // FIXME: Add additional diagnostic info about class etc. which prevents 9863 // capture. 9864} 9865 9866/// \brief Capture the given variable in the given lambda expression. 9867static ExprResult captureInLambda(Sema &S, LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 9868 VarDecl *Var, QualType FieldType, 9869 QualType DeclRefType, 9870 SourceLocation Loc) { 9871 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = LSI->Lambda; 9872 9873 // Build the non-static data member. 9874 FieldDecl *Field 9875 = FieldDecl::Create(S.Context, Lambda, Loc, Loc, 0, FieldType, 9876 S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FieldType, Loc), 9877 0, false, false); 9878 Field->setImplicit(true); 9879 Field->setAccess(AS_private); 9880 Lambda->addDecl(Field); 9881 9882 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p21: 9883 // When the lambda-expression is evaluated, the entities that 9884 // are captured by copy are used to direct-initialize each 9885 // corresponding non-static data member of the resulting closure 9886 // object. (For array members, the array elements are 9887 // direct-initialized in increasing subscript order.) These 9888 // initializations are performed in the (unspecified) order in 9889 // which the non-static data members are declared. 9890 9891 // Introduce a new evaluation context for the initialization, so 9892 // that temporaries introduced as part of the capture are retained 9893 // to be re-"exported" from the lambda expression itself. 9894 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 9895 9896 // C++ [expr.prim.labda]p12: 9897 // An entity captured by a lambda-expression is odr-used (3.2) in 9898 // the scope containing the lambda-expression. 9899 Expr *Ref = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(Var, false, DeclRefType, 9900 VK_LValue, Loc); 9901 Var->setReferenced(true); 9902 Var->setUsed(true); 9903 9904 // When the field has array type, create index variables for each 9905 // dimension of the array. We use these index variables to subscript 9906 // the source array, and other clients (e.g., CodeGen) will perform 9907 // the necessary iteration with these index variables. 9908 SmallVector<VarDecl *, 4> IndexVariables; 9909 QualType BaseType = FieldType; 9910 QualType SizeType = S.Context.getSizeType(); 9911 LSI->ArrayIndexStarts.push_back(LSI->ArrayIndexVars.size()); 9912 while (const ConstantArrayType *Array 9913 = S.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseType)) { 9914 // Create the iteration variable for this array index. 9915 IdentifierInfo *IterationVarName = 0; 9916 { 9917 SmallString<8> Str; 9918 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str); 9919 OS << "__i" << IndexVariables.size(); 9920 IterationVarName = &S.Context.Idents.get(OS.str()); 9921 } 9922 VarDecl *IterationVar 9923 = VarDecl::Create(S.Context, S.CurContext, Loc, Loc, 9924 IterationVarName, SizeType, 9925 S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SizeType, Loc), 9926 SC_None, SC_None); 9927 IndexVariables.push_back(IterationVar); 9928 LSI->ArrayIndexVars.push_back(IterationVar); 9929 9930 // Create a reference to the iteration variable. 9931 ExprResult IterationVarRef 9932 = S.BuildDeclRefExpr(IterationVar, SizeType, VK_LValue, Loc); 9933 assert(!IterationVarRef.isInvalid() && 9934 "Reference to invented variable cannot fail!"); 9935 IterationVarRef = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(IterationVarRef.take()); 9936 assert(!IterationVarRef.isInvalid() && 9937 "Conversion of invented variable cannot fail!"); 9938 9939 // Subscript the array with this iteration variable. 9940 ExprResult Subscript = S.CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr( 9941 Ref, Loc, IterationVarRef.take(), Loc); 9942 if (Subscript.isInvalid()) { 9943 S.CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 9944 S.DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9945 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 9946 return ExprError(); 9947 } 9948 9949 Ref = Subscript.take(); 9950 BaseType = Array->getElementType(); 9951 } 9952 9953 // Construct the entity that we will be initializing. For an array, this 9954 // will be first element in the array, which may require several levels 9955 // of array-subscript entities. 9956 SmallVector<InitializedEntity, 4> Entities; 9957 Entities.reserve(1 + IndexVariables.size()); 9958 Entities.push_back( 9959 InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture(Var, Field, Loc)); 9960 for (unsigned I = 0, N = IndexVariables.size(); I != N; ++I) 9961 Entities.push_back(InitializedEntity::InitializeElement(S.Context, 9962 0, 9963 Entities.back())); 9964 9965 InitializationKind InitKind 9966 = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc); 9967 InitializationSequence Init(S, Entities.back(), InitKind, &Ref, 1); 9968 ExprResult Result(true); 9969 if (!Init.Diagnose(S, Entities.back(), InitKind, &Ref, 1)) 9970 Result = Init.Perform(S, Entities.back(), InitKind, 9971 MultiExprArg(S, &Ref, 1)); 9972 9973 // If this initialization requires any cleanups (e.g., due to a 9974 // default argument to a copy constructor), note that for the 9975 // lambda. 9976 if (S.ExprNeedsCleanups) 9977 LSI->ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 9978 9979 // Exit the expression evaluation context used for the capture. 9980 S.CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 9981 S.DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9982 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 9983 return Result; 9984} 9985 9986bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 9987 TryCaptureKind Kind, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 9988 bool BuildAndDiagnose, 9989 QualType &CaptureType, 9990 QualType &DeclRefType) { 9991 bool Nested = false; 9992 9993 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 9994 if (Var->getDeclContext() == DC) return true; 9995 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage()) return true; 9996 9997 bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>(); 9998 9999 // Walk up the stack to determine whether we can capture the variable, 10000 // performing the "simple" checks that don't depend on type. We stop when 10001 // we've either hit the declared scope of the variable or find an existing 10002 // capture of that variable. 10003 CaptureType = Var->getType(); 10004 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(); 10005 bool Explicit = (Kind != TryCapture_Implicit); 10006 unsigned FunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopes.size() - 1; 10007 do { 10008 // Only block literals and lambda expressions can capture; other 10009 // scopes don't work. 10010 DeclContext *ParentDC; 10011 if (isa<BlockDecl>(DC)) 10012 ParentDC = DC->getParent(); 10013 else if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(DC) && 10014 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Call && 10015 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getParent())->isLambda()) 10016 ParentDC = DC->getParent()->getParent(); 10017 else { 10018 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 10019 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(*this, Loc, Var, DC); 10020 return true; 10021 } 10022 10023 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = 10024 cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[FunctionScopesIndex]); 10025 10026 // Check whether we've already captured it. 10027 if (CSI->CaptureMap.count(Var)) { 10028 // If we found a capture, any subcaptures are nested. 10029 Nested = true; 10030 10031 // Retrieve the capture type for this variable. 10032 CaptureType = CSI->getCapture(Var).getCaptureType(); 10033 10034 // Compute the type of an expression that refers to this variable. 10035 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(); 10036 10037 const CapturingScopeInfo::Capture &Cap = CSI->getCapture(Var); 10038 if (Cap.isCopyCapture() && 10039 !(isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI) && cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Mutable)) 10040 DeclRefType.addConst(); 10041 break; 10042 } 10043 10044 bool IsBlock = isa<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI); 10045 bool IsLambda = !IsBlock; 10046 10047 // Lambdas are not allowed to capture unnamed variables 10048 // (e.g. anonymous unions). 10049 // FIXME: The C++11 rule don't actually state this explicitly, but I'm 10050 // assuming that's the intent. 10051 if (IsLambda && !Var->getDeclName()) { 10052 if (BuildAndDiagnose) { 10053 Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_anonymous_var); 10054 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 10055 } 10056 return true; 10057 } 10058 10059 // Prohibit variably-modified types; they're difficult to deal with. 10060 if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10061 if (BuildAndDiagnose) { 10062 if (IsBlock) 10063 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type); 10064 else 10065 Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_vm_type) << Var->getDeclName(); 10066 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 10067 << Var->getDeclName(); 10068 } 10069 return true; 10070 } 10071 10072 // Lambdas are not allowed to capture __block variables; they don't 10073 // support the expected semantics. 10074 if (IsLambda && HasBlocksAttr) { 10075 if (BuildAndDiagnose) { 10076 Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_block) 10077 << Var->getDeclName(); 10078 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 10079 << Var->getDeclName(); 10080 } 10081 return true; 10082 } 10083 10084 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None && !Explicit) { 10085 // No capture-default 10086 if (BuildAndDiagnose) { 10087 Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var->getDeclName(); 10088 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 10089 << Var->getDeclName(); 10090 Diag(cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Lambda->getLocStart(), 10091 diag::note_lambda_decl); 10092 } 10093 return true; 10094 } 10095 10096 FunctionScopesIndex--; 10097 DC = ParentDC; 10098 Explicit = false; 10099 } while (!Var->getDeclContext()->Equals(DC)); 10100 10101 // Walk back down the scope stack, computing the type of the capture at 10102 // each step, checking type-specific requirements, and adding captures if 10103 // requested. 10104 for (unsigned I = ++FunctionScopesIndex, N = FunctionScopes.size(); I != N; 10105 ++I) { 10106 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]); 10107 10108 // Compute the type of the capture and of a reference to the capture within 10109 // this scope. 10110 if (isa<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI)) { 10111 Expr *CopyExpr = 0; 10112 bool ByRef = false; 10113 10114 // Blocks are not allowed to capture arrays. 10115 if (CaptureType->isArrayType()) { 10116 if (BuildAndDiagnose) { 10117 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type); 10118 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 10119 << Var->getDeclName(); 10120 } 10121 return true; 10122 } 10123 10124 // Forbid the block-capture of autoreleasing variables. 10125 if (CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 10126 if (BuildAndDiagnose) { 10127 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture) 10128 << /*block*/ 0; 10129 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 10130 << Var->getDeclName(); 10131 } 10132 return true; 10133 } 10134 10135 if (HasBlocksAttr || CaptureType->isReferenceType()) { 10136 // Block capture by reference does not change the capture or 10137 // declaration reference types. 10138 ByRef = true; 10139 } else { 10140 // Block capture by copy introduces 'const'. 10141 CaptureType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType().withConst(); 10142 DeclRefType = CaptureType; 10143 10144 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && BuildAndDiagnose) { 10145 if (const RecordType *Record = DeclRefType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10146 // The capture logic needs the destructor, so make sure we mark it. 10147 // Usually this is unnecessary because most local variables have 10148 // their destructors marked at declaration time, but parameters are 10149 // an exception because it's technically only the call site that 10150 // actually requires the destructor. 10151 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) 10152 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record); 10153 10154 // According to the blocks spec, the capture of a variable from 10155 // the stack requires a const copy constructor. This is not true 10156 // of the copy/move done to move a __block variable to the heap. 10157 Expr *DeclRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Var, false, 10158 DeclRefType.withConst(), 10159 VK_LValue, Loc); 10160 ExprResult Result 10161 = PerformCopyInitialization( 10162 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(Var->getLocation(), 10163 CaptureType, false), 10164 Loc, Owned(DeclRef)); 10165 10166 // Build a full-expression copy expression if initialization 10167 // succeeded and used a non-trivial constructor. Recover from 10168 // errors by pretending that the copy isn't necessary. 10169 if (!Result.isInvalid() && 10170 !cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Result.get())->getConstructor() 10171 ->isTrivial()) { 10172 Result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Result); 10173 CopyExpr = Result.take(); 10174 } 10175 } 10176 } 10177 } 10178 10179 // Actually capture the variable. 10180 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 10181 CSI->addCapture(Var, HasBlocksAttr, ByRef, Nested, Loc, 10182 SourceLocation(), CaptureType, CopyExpr); 10183 Nested = true; 10184 continue; 10185 } 10186 10187 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); 10188 10189 // Determine whether we are capturing by reference or by value. 10190 bool ByRef = false; 10191 if (I == N - 1 && Kind != TryCapture_Implicit) { 10192 ByRef = (Kind == TryCapture_ExplicitByRef); 10193 } else { 10194 ByRef = (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == LambdaScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref); 10195 } 10196 10197 // Compute the type of the field that will capture this variable. 10198 if (ByRef) { 10199 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p15: 10200 // An entity is captured by reference if it is implicitly or 10201 // explicitly captured but not captured by copy. It is 10202 // unspecified whether additional unnamed non-static data 10203 // members are declared in the closure type for entities 10204 // captured by reference. 10205 // 10206 // FIXME: It is not clear whether we want to build an lvalue reference 10207 // to the DeclRefType or to CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(). GCC appears 10208 // to do the former, while EDG does the latter. Core issue 1249 will 10209 // clarify, but for now we follow GCC because it's a more permissive and 10210 // easily defensible position. 10211 CaptureType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType); 10212 } else { 10213 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p14: 10214 // For each entity captured by copy, an unnamed non-static 10215 // data member is declared in the closure type. The 10216 // declaration order of these members is unspecified. The type 10217 // of such a data member is the type of the corresponding 10218 // captured entity if the entity is not a reference to an 10219 // object, or the referenced type otherwise. [Note: If the 10220 // captured entity is a reference to a function, the 10221 // corresponding data member is also a reference to a 10222 // function. - end note ] 10223 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = CaptureType->getAs<ReferenceType>()){ 10224 if (!RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) 10225 CaptureType = RefType->getPointeeType(); 10226 } 10227 10228 // Forbid the lambda copy-capture of autoreleasing variables. 10229 if (CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 10230 if (BuildAndDiagnose) { 10231 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture) << /*lambda*/ 1; 10232 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 10233 << Var->getDeclName(); 10234 } 10235 return true; 10236 } 10237 } 10238 10239 // Capture this variable in the lambda. 10240 Expr *CopyExpr = 0; 10241 if (BuildAndDiagnose) { 10242 ExprResult Result = captureInLambda(*this, LSI, Var, CaptureType, 10243 DeclRefType, Loc); 10244 if (!Result.isInvalid()) 10245 CopyExpr = Result.take(); 10246 } 10247 10248 // Compute the type of a reference to this captured variable. 10249 if (ByRef) 10250 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(); 10251 else { 10252 // C++ [expr.prim.lambda]p5: 10253 // The closure type for a lambda-expression has a public inline 10254 // function call operator [...]. This function call operator is 10255 // declared const (9.3.1) if and only if the lambda-expression’s 10256 // parameter-declaration-clause is not followed by mutable. 10257 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(); 10258 if (!LSI->Mutable && !CaptureType->isReferenceType()) 10259 DeclRefType.addConst(); 10260 } 10261 10262 // Add the capture. 10263 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 10264 CSI->addCapture(Var, /*IsBlock=*/false, ByRef, Nested, Loc, 10265 EllipsisLoc, CaptureType, CopyExpr); 10266 Nested = true; 10267 } 10268 10269 return false; 10270} 10271 10272bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 10273 TryCaptureKind Kind, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc) { 10274 QualType CaptureType; 10275 QualType DeclRefType; 10276 return tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, Kind, EllipsisLoc, 10277 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/true, CaptureType, 10278 DeclRefType); 10279} 10280 10281QualType Sema::getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) { 10282 QualType CaptureType; 10283 QualType DeclRefType; 10284 10285 // Determine whether we can capture this variable. 10286 if (tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(), 10287 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType, DeclRefType)) 10288 return QualType(); 10289 10290 return DeclRefType; 10291} 10292 10293static void MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *Var, 10294 SourceLocation Loc) { 10295 // Keep track of used but undefined variables. 10296 // FIXME: We shouldn't suppress this warning for static data members. 10297 if (Var->hasDefinition(SemaRef.Context) == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly && 10298 Var->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage && 10299 !(Var->isStaticDataMember() && Var->hasInit())) { 10300 SourceLocation &old = SemaRef.UndefinedInternals[Var->getCanonicalDecl()]; 10301 if (old.isInvalid()) old = Loc; 10302 } 10303 10304 SemaRef.tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc); 10305 10306 Var->setUsed(true); 10307} 10308 10309void Sema::UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E) { 10310 // Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it is 10311 // an object that satisfies the requirements for appearing in a 10312 // constant expression (5.19) and the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) 10313 // is immediately applied." This function handles the lvalue-to-rvalue 10314 // conversion part. 10315 MaybeODRUseExprs.erase(E->IgnoreParens()); 10316} 10317 10318ExprResult Sema::ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res) { 10319 if (!Res.isUsable()) 10320 return Res; 10321 10322 // If a constant-expression is a reference to a variable where we delay 10323 // deciding whether it is an odr-use, just assume we will apply the 10324 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. In the one case where this doesn't happen 10325 // (a non-type template argument), we have special handling anyway. 10326 UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Res.get()); 10327 return Res; 10328} 10329 10330void Sema::CleanupVarDeclMarking() { 10331 for (llvm::SmallPtrSetIterator<Expr*> i = MaybeODRUseExprs.begin(), 10332 e = MaybeODRUseExprs.end(); 10333 i != e; ++i) { 10334 VarDecl *Var; 10335 SourceLocation Loc; 10336 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(*i)) { 10337 Var = cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 10338 Loc = DRE->getLocation(); 10339 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(*i)) { 10340 Var = cast<VarDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 10341 Loc = ME->getMemberLoc(); 10342 } else { 10343 llvm_unreachable("Unexpcted expression"); 10344 } 10345 10346 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(*this, Var, Loc); 10347 } 10348 10349 MaybeODRUseExprs.clear(); 10350} 10351 10352// Mark a VarDecl referenced, and perform the necessary handling to compute 10353// odr-uses. 10354static void DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, 10355 VarDecl *Var, Expr *E) { 10356 Var->setReferenced(); 10357 10358 if (!IsPotentiallyEvaluatedContext(SemaRef)) 10359 return; 10360 10361 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates. 10362 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() && Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) { 10363 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo(); 10364 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?"); 10365 bool AlreadyInstantiated = !MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid(); 10366 if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation && 10367 (!AlreadyInstantiated || 10368 Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context))) { 10369 if (!AlreadyInstantiated) { 10370 // This is a modification of an existing AST node. Notify listeners. 10371 if (ASTMutationListener *L = SemaRef.getASTMutationListener()) 10372 L->StaticDataMemberInstantiated(Var); 10373 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc); 10374 } 10375 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation(); 10376 if (Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context)) 10377 // Do not defer instantiations of variables which could be used in a 10378 // constant expression. 10379 SemaRef.InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(PointOfInstantiation,Var); 10380 else 10381 SemaRef.PendingInstantiations.push_back( 10382 std::make_pair(Var, PointOfInstantiation)); 10383 } 10384 } 10385 10386 // Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it is 10387 // an object that satisfies the requirements for appearing in a 10388 // constant expression (5.19) and the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) 10389 // is immediately applied." We check the first part here, and 10390 // Sema::UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue deals with the second part. 10391 // Note that we use the C++11 definition everywhere because nothing in 10392 // C++03 depends on whether we get the C++03 version correct. This does not 10393 // apply to references, since they are not objects. 10394 const VarDecl *DefVD; 10395 if (E && !isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var) && !Var->getType()->isReferenceType() && 10396 Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context) && 10397 Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD) && DefVD->checkInitIsICE()) 10398 SemaRef.MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(E); 10399 else 10400 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(SemaRef, Var, Loc); 10401} 10402 10403/// \brief Mark a variable referenced, and check whether it is odr-used 10404/// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3). Note that this should not be 10405/// used directly for normal expressions referring to VarDecl. 10406void Sema::MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var) { 10407 DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(*this, Loc, Var, 0); 10408} 10409 10410static void MarkExprReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, 10411 Decl *D, Expr *E) { 10412 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 10413 DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(SemaRef, Loc, Var, E); 10414 return; 10415 } 10416 10417 SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D); 10418} 10419 10420/// \brief Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a DeclRefExpr. 10421void Sema::MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E) { 10422 MarkExprReferenced(*this, E->getLocation(), E->getDecl(), E); 10423} 10424 10425/// \brief Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a MemberExpr. 10426void Sema::MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E) { 10427 MarkExprReferenced(*this, E->getMemberLoc(), E->getMemberDecl(), E); 10428} 10429 10430/// \brief Perform marking for a reference to an arbitrary declaration. It 10431/// marks the declaration referenced, and performs odr-use checking for functions 10432/// and variables. This method should not be used when building an normal 10433/// expression which refers to a variable. 10434void Sema::MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) { 10435 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 10436 MarkVariableReferenced(Loc, VD); 10437 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 10438 MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, FD); 10439 else 10440 D->setReferenced(); 10441} 10442 10443namespace { 10444 // Mark all of the declarations referenced 10445 // FIXME: Not fully implemented yet! We need to have a better understanding 10446 // of when we're entering 10447 class MarkReferencedDecls : public RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> { 10448 Sema &S; 10449 SourceLocation Loc; 10450 10451 public: 10452 typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> Inherited; 10453 10454 MarkReferencedDecls(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) : S(S), Loc(Loc) { } 10455 10456 bool TraverseTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg); 10457 bool TraverseRecordType(RecordType *T); 10458 }; 10459} 10460 10461bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseTemplateArgument( 10462 const TemplateArgument &Arg) { 10463 if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) { 10464 S.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, Arg.getAsDecl()); 10465 } 10466 10467 return Inherited::TraverseTemplateArgument(Arg); 10468} 10469 10470bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseRecordType(RecordType *T) { 10471 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 10472 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(T->getDecl())) { 10473 const TemplateArgumentList &Args = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 10474 return TraverseTemplateArguments(Args.data(), Args.size()); 10475 } 10476 10477 return true; 10478} 10479 10480void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 10481 MarkReferencedDecls Marker(*this, Loc); 10482 Marker.TraverseType(Context.getCanonicalType(T)); 10483} 10484 10485namespace { 10486 /// \brief Helper class that marks all of the declarations referenced by 10487 /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced". 10488 class EvaluatedExprMarker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> { 10489 Sema &S; 10490 bool SkipLocalVariables; 10491 10492 public: 10493 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> Inherited; 10494 10495 EvaluatedExprMarker(Sema &S, bool SkipLocalVariables) 10496 : Inherited(S.Context), S(S), SkipLocalVariables(SkipLocalVariables) { } 10497 10498 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 10499 // If we were asked not to visit local variables, don't. 10500 if (SkipLocalVariables) { 10501 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(E->getDecl())) 10502 if (VD->hasLocalStorage()) 10503 return; 10504 } 10505 10506 S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(E); 10507 } 10508 10509 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 10510 S.MarkMemberReferenced(E); 10511 Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E); 10512 } 10513 10514 void VisitCXXBindTemporaryExpr(CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E) { 10515 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), 10516 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(E->getTemporary()->getDestructor())); 10517 Visit(E->getSubExpr()); 10518 } 10519 10520 void VisitCXXNewExpr(CXXNewExpr *E) { 10521 if (E->getOperatorNew()) 10522 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorNew()); 10523 if (E->getOperatorDelete()) 10524 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorDelete()); 10525 Inherited::VisitCXXNewExpr(E); 10526 } 10527 10528 void VisitCXXDeleteExpr(CXXDeleteExpr *E) { 10529 if (E->getOperatorDelete()) 10530 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorDelete()); 10531 QualType Destroyed = S.Context.getBaseElementType(E->getDestroyedType()); 10532 if (const RecordType *DestroyedRec = Destroyed->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10533 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DestroyedRec->getDecl()); 10534 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), 10535 S.LookupDestructor(Record)); 10536 } 10537 10538 Inherited::VisitCXXDeleteExpr(E); 10539 } 10540 10541 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 10542 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getConstructor()); 10543 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 10544 } 10545 10546 void VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) { 10547 Visit(E->getExpr()); 10548 } 10549 10550 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 10551 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 10552 10553 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 10554 S.UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(E->getSubExpr()); 10555 } 10556 }; 10557} 10558 10559/// \brief Mark any declarations that appear within this expression or any 10560/// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced". 10561/// 10562/// \param SkipLocalVariables If true, don't mark local variables as 10563/// 'referenced'. 10564void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 10565 bool SkipLocalVariables) { 10566 EvaluatedExprMarker(*this, SkipLocalVariables).Visit(E); 10567} 10568 10569/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior 10570/// of the program being compiled. 10571/// 10572/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being 10573/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a 10574/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof() 10575/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not 10576/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or, 10577/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated 10578/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it 10579/// later. 10580/// 10581/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time 10582/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis. 10583/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures 10584/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid. 10585bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 10586 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) { 10587 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) { 10588 case Unevaluated: 10589 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain. 10590 break; 10591 10592 case ConstantEvaluated: 10593 // Relevant diagnostics should be produced by constant evaluation. 10594 break; 10595 10596 case PotentiallyEvaluated: 10597 case PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed: 10598 if (Statement && getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) { 10599 FunctionScopes.back()->PossiblyUnreachableDiags. 10600 push_back(sema::PossiblyUnreachableDiag(PD, Loc, Statement)); 10601 } 10602 else 10603 Diag(Loc, PD); 10604 10605 return true; 10606 } 10607 10608 return false; 10609} 10610 10611bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 10612 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) { 10613 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType()) 10614 return false; 10615 10616 // If we're inside a decltype's expression, don't check for a valid return 10617 // type or construct temporaries until we know whether this is the last call. 10618 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype) { 10619 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.push_back(CE); 10620 return false; 10621 } 10622 10623 PartialDiagnostic Note = 10624 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here) 10625 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag(); 10626 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation(); 10627 10628 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType, 10629 FD ? 10630 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return) 10631 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() : 10632 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return) 10633 << CE->getSourceRange(), 10634 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note))) 10635 return true; 10636 10637 return false; 10638} 10639 10640// Diagnose the s/=/==/ and s/\|=/!=/ typos. Note that adding parentheses 10641// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want. 10642void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) { 10643 SourceLocation Loc; 10644 10645 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment; 10646 bool IsOrAssign = false; 10647 10648 if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 10649 if (Op->getOpcode() != BO_Assign && Op->getOpcode() != BO_OrAssign) 10650 return; 10651 10652 IsOrAssign = Op->getOpcode() == BO_OrAssign; 10653 10654 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory. 10655 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME 10656 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) { 10657 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector(); 10658 10659 // self = [<foo> init...] 10660 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS()) && Sel.getNameForSlot(0).startswith("init")) 10661 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment; 10662 10663 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject] 10664 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() && Sel.getNameForSlot(0) == "nextObject") 10665 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment; 10666 } 10667 10668 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc(); 10669 } else if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) { 10670 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal && Op->getOperator() != OO_PipeEqual) 10671 return; 10672 10673 IsOrAssign = Op->getOperator() == OO_PipeEqual; 10674 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc(); 10675 } else { 10676 // Not an assignment. 10677 return; 10678 } 10679 10680 Diag(Loc, diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange(); 10681 10682 SourceLocation Open = E->getLocStart(); 10683 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 10684 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence) 10685 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(") 10686 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")"); 10687 10688 if (IsOrAssign) 10689 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_or_assign_to_comparison) 10690 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "!="); 10691 else 10692 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison) 10693 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "=="); 10694} 10695 10696/// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 10697/// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 10698void Sema::DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE) { 10699 // Don't warn if the parens came from a macro. 10700 SourceLocation parenLoc = ParenE->getLocStart(); 10701 if (parenLoc.isInvalid() || parenLoc.isMacroID()) 10702 return; 10703 // Don't warn for dependent expressions. 10704 if (ParenE->isTypeDependent()) 10705 return; 10706 10707 Expr *E = ParenE->IgnoreParens(); 10708 10709 if (BinaryOperator *opE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) 10710 if (opE->getOpcode() == BO_EQ && 10711 opE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->isModifiableLvalue(Context) 10712 == Expr::MLV_Valid) { 10713 SourceLocation Loc = opE->getOperatorLoc(); 10714 10715 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_equality_with_extra_parens) << E->getSourceRange(); 10716 SourceRange ParenERange = ParenE->getSourceRange(); 10717 Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_silence) 10718 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getBegin()) 10719 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getEnd()); 10720 Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_to_assign) 10721 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "="); 10722 } 10723} 10724 10725ExprResult Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 10726 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E); 10727 if (ParenExpr *parenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) 10728 DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(parenE); 10729 10730 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 10731 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 10732 E = result.take(); 10733 10734 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) { 10735 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10736 return CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E); // C++ 6.4p4 10737 10738 ExprResult ERes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); 10739 if (ERes.isInvalid()) 10740 return ExprError(); 10741 E = ERes.take(); 10742 10743 QualType T = E->getType(); 10744 if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1 10745 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar) 10746 << T << E->getSourceRange(); 10747 return ExprError(); 10748 } 10749 } 10750 10751 return Owned(E); 10752} 10753 10754ExprResult Sema::ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 10755 Expr *SubExpr) { 10756 if (!SubExpr) 10757 return ExprError(); 10758 10759 return CheckBooleanCondition(SubExpr, Loc); 10760} 10761 10762namespace { 10763 /// A visitor for rebuilding a call to an __unknown_any expression 10764 /// to have an appropriate type. 10765 struct RebuildUnknownAnyFunction 10766 : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyFunction, ExprResult> { 10767 10768 Sema &S; 10769 10770 RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S) : S(S) {} 10771 10772 ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) { 10773 llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!"); 10774 } 10775 10776 ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 10777 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_call) 10778 << E->getSourceRange(); 10779 return ExprError(); 10780 } 10781 10782 /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another 10783 /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of. 10784 template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) { 10785 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); 10786 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 10787 10788 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.take(); 10789 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr); 10790 E->setType(SubExpr->getType()); 10791 E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind()); 10792 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary); 10793 return E; 10794 } 10795 10796 ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) { 10797 return rebuildSugarExpr(E); 10798 } 10799 10800 ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) { 10801 return rebuildSugarExpr(E); 10802 } 10803 10804 ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) { 10805 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); 10806 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 10807 10808 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.take(); 10809 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr); 10810 E->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType())); 10811 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue); 10812 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary); 10813 return E; 10814 } 10815 10816 ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) { 10817 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) return VisitExpr(E); 10818 10819 E->setType(VD->getType()); 10820 10821 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue); 10822 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10823 !(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VD) && 10824 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isInstance())) 10825 E->setValueKind(VK_LValue); 10826 10827 return E; 10828 } 10829 10830 ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 10831 return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl()); 10832 } 10833 10834 ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 10835 return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl()); 10836 } 10837 }; 10838} 10839 10840/// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it 10841/// to have a function type. 10842static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *FunctionExpr) { 10843 ExprResult Result = RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(S).Visit(FunctionExpr); 10844 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 10845 return S.DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Result.take()); 10846} 10847 10848namespace { 10849 /// A visitor for rebuilding an expression of type __unknown_anytype 10850 /// into one which resolves the type directly on the referring 10851 /// expression. Strict preservation of the original source 10852 /// structure is not a goal. 10853 struct RebuildUnknownAnyExpr 10854 : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyExpr, ExprResult> { 10855 10856 Sema &S; 10857 10858 /// The current destination type. 10859 QualType DestType; 10860 10861 RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, QualType CastType) 10862 : S(S), DestType(CastType) {} 10863 10864 ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) { 10865 llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!"); 10866 } 10867 10868 ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 10869 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr) 10870 << E->getSourceRange(); 10871 return ExprError(); 10872 } 10873 10874 ExprResult VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E); 10875 ExprResult VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E); 10876 10877 /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another 10878 /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of. 10879 template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) { 10880 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); 10881 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 10882 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.take(); 10883 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr); 10884 E->setType(SubExpr->getType()); 10885 E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind()); 10886 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary); 10887 return E; 10888 } 10889 10890 ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) { 10891 return rebuildSugarExpr(E); 10892 } 10893 10894 ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) { 10895 return rebuildSugarExpr(E); 10896 } 10897 10898 ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) { 10899 const PointerType *Ptr = DestType->getAs<PointerType>(); 10900 if (!Ptr) { 10901 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof) 10902 << E->getSourceRange(); 10903 return ExprError(); 10904 } 10905 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue); 10906 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary); 10907 E->setType(DestType); 10908 10909 // Build the sub-expression as if it were an object of the pointee type. 10910 DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 10911 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); 10912 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 10913 E->setSubExpr(SubResult.take()); 10914 return E; 10915 } 10916 10917 ExprResult VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E); 10918 10919 ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD); 10920 10921 ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 10922 return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl()); 10923 } 10924 10925 ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 10926 return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl()); 10927 } 10928 }; 10929} 10930 10931/// Rebuilds a call expression which yielded __unknown_anytype. 10932ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 10933 Expr *CalleeExpr = E->getCallee(); 10934 10935 enum FnKind { 10936 FK_MemberFunction, 10937 FK_FunctionPointer, 10938 FK_BlockPointer 10939 }; 10940 10941 FnKind Kind; 10942 QualType CalleeType = CalleeExpr->getType(); 10943 if (CalleeType == S.Context.BoundMemberTy) { 10944 assert(isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) || isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)); 10945 Kind = FK_MemberFunction; 10946 CalleeType = Expr::findBoundMemberType(CalleeExpr); 10947 } else if (const PointerType *Ptr = CalleeType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 10948 CalleeType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 10949 Kind = FK_FunctionPointer; 10950 } else { 10951 CalleeType = CalleeType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 10952 Kind = FK_BlockPointer; 10953 } 10954 const FunctionType *FnType = CalleeType->castAs<FunctionType>(); 10955 10956 // Verify that this is a legal result type of a function. 10957 if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) { 10958 unsigned diagID = diag::err_func_returning_array_function; 10959 if (Kind == FK_BlockPointer) 10960 diagID = diag::err_block_returning_array_function; 10961 10962 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diagID) 10963 << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType; 10964 return ExprError(); 10965 } 10966 10967 // Otherwise, go ahead and set DestType as the call's result. 10968 E->setType(DestType.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context)); 10969 E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType)); 10970 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary); 10971 10972 // Rebuild the function type, replacing the result type with DestType. 10973 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnType)) 10974 DestType = S.Context.getFunctionType(DestType, 10975 Proto->arg_type_begin(), 10976 Proto->getNumArgs(), 10977 Proto->getExtProtoInfo()); 10978 else 10979 DestType = S.Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(DestType, 10980 FnType->getExtInfo()); 10981 10982 // Rebuild the appropriate pointer-to-function type. 10983 switch (Kind) { 10984 case FK_MemberFunction: 10985 // Nothing to do. 10986 break; 10987 10988 case FK_FunctionPointer: 10989 DestType = S.Context.getPointerType(DestType); 10990 break; 10991 10992 case FK_BlockPointer: 10993 DestType = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(DestType); 10994 break; 10995 } 10996 10997 // Finally, we can recurse. 10998 ExprResult CalleeResult = Visit(CalleeExpr); 10999 if (!CalleeResult.isUsable()) return ExprError(); 11000 E->setCallee(CalleeResult.take()); 11001 11002 // Bind a temporary if necessary. 11003 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E); 11004} 11005 11006ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { 11007 // Verify that this is a legal result type of a call. 11008 if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) { 11009 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_func_returning_array_function) 11010 << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType; 11011 return ExprError(); 11012 } 11013 11014 // Rewrite the method result type if available. 11015 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = E->getMethodDecl()) { 11016 assert(Method->getResultType() == S.Context.UnknownAnyTy); 11017 Method->setResultType(DestType); 11018 } 11019 11020 // Change the type of the message. 11021 E->setType(DestType.getNonReferenceType()); 11022 E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType)); 11023 11024 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E); 11025} 11026 11027ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 11028 // The only case we should ever see here is a function-to-pointer decay. 11029 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_FunctionToPointerDecay) { 11030 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue); 11031 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary); 11032 11033 E->setType(DestType); 11034 11035 // Rebuild the sub-expression as the pointee (function) type. 11036 DestType = DestType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 11037 11038 ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); 11039 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); 11040 11041 E->setSubExpr(Result.take()); 11042 return S.Owned(E); 11043 } else if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 11044 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue); 11045 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary); 11046 11047 assert(isa<BlockPointerType>(E->getType())); 11048 11049 E->setType(DestType); 11050 11051 // The sub-expression has to be a lvalue reference, so rebuild it as such. 11052 DestType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DestType); 11053 11054 ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); 11055 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); 11056 11057 E->setSubExpr(Result.take()); 11058 return S.Owned(E); 11059 } else { 11060 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast type!"); 11061 } 11062} 11063 11064ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) { 11065 ExprValueKind ValueKind = VK_LValue; 11066 QualType Type = DestType; 11067 11068 // We know how to make this work for certain kinds of decls: 11069 11070 // - functions 11071 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) { 11072 if (const PointerType *Ptr = Type->getAs<PointerType>()) { 11073 DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 11074 ExprResult Result = resolveDecl(E, VD); 11075 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 11076 return S.ImpCastExprToType(Result.take(), Type, 11077 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, VK_RValue); 11078 } 11079 11080 if (!Type->isFunctionType()) { 11081 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_function) 11082 << VD << E->getSourceRange(); 11083 return ExprError(); 11084 } 11085 11086 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 11087 if (MD->isInstance()) { 11088 ValueKind = VK_RValue; 11089 Type = S.Context.BoundMemberTy; 11090 } 11091 11092 // Function references aren't l-values in C. 11093 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11094 ValueKind = VK_RValue; 11095 11096 // - variables 11097 } else if (isa<VarDecl>(VD)) { 11098 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 11099 Type = RefTy->getPointeeType(); 11100 } else if (Type->isFunctionType()) { 11101 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_var_function_type) 11102 << VD << E->getSourceRange(); 11103 return ExprError(); 11104 } 11105 11106 // - nothing else 11107 } else { 11108 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_decl) 11109 << VD << E->getSourceRange(); 11110 return ExprError(); 11111 } 11112 11113 VD->setType(DestType); 11114 E->setType(Type); 11115 E->setValueKind(ValueKind); 11116 return S.Owned(E); 11117} 11118 11119/// Check a cast of an unknown-any type. We intentionally only 11120/// trigger this for C-style casts. 11121ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 11122 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 11123 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path) { 11124 // Rewrite the casted expression from scratch. 11125 ExprResult result = RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, CastType).Visit(CastExpr); 11126 if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); 11127 11128 CastExpr = result.take(); 11129 VK = CastExpr->getValueKind(); 11130 CastKind = CK_NoOp; 11131 11132 return CastExpr; 11133} 11134 11135ExprResult Sema::forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType) { 11136 return RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, ToType).Visit(E); 11137} 11138 11139static ExprResult diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) { 11140 Expr *orig = E; 11141 unsigned diagID = diag::err_uncasted_use_of_unknown_any; 11142 while (true) { 11143 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11144 if (CallExpr *call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { 11145 E = call->getCallee(); 11146 diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any; 11147 } else { 11148 break; 11149 } 11150 } 11151 11152 SourceLocation loc; 11153 NamedDecl *d; 11154 if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 11155 loc = ref->getLocation(); 11156 d = ref->getDecl(); 11157 } else if (MemberExpr *mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { 11158 loc = mem->getMemberLoc(); 11159 d = mem->getMemberDecl(); 11160 } else if (ObjCMessageExpr *msg = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) { 11161 diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any; 11162 loc = msg->getSelectorStartLoc(); 11163 d = msg->getMethodDecl(); 11164 if (!d) { 11165 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_uncasted_send_to_unknown_any_method) 11166 << static_cast<unsigned>(msg->isClassMessage()) << msg->getSelector() 11167 << orig->getSourceRange(); 11168 return ExprError(); 11169 } 11170 } else { 11171 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr) 11172 << E->getSourceRange(); 11173 return ExprError(); 11174 } 11175 11176 S.Diag(loc, diagID) << d << orig->getSourceRange(); 11177 11178 // Never recoverable. 11179 return ExprError(); 11180} 11181 11182/// Check for operands with placeholder types and complain if found. 11183/// Returns true if there was an error and no recovery was possible. 11184ExprResult Sema::CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E) { 11185 const BuiltinType *placeholderType = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType(); 11186 if (!placeholderType) return Owned(E); 11187 11188 switch (placeholderType->getKind()) { 11189 11190 // Overloaded expressions. 11191 case BuiltinType::Overload: { 11192 // Try to resolve a single function template specialization. 11193 // This is obligatory. 11194 ExprResult result = Owned(E); 11195 if (ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(result, false)) { 11196 return result; 11197 11198 // If that failed, try to recover with a call. 11199 } else { 11200 tryToRecoverWithCall(result, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_unresolvable), 11201 /*complain*/ true); 11202 return result; 11203 } 11204 } 11205 11206 // Bound member functions. 11207 case BuiltinType::BoundMember: { 11208 ExprResult result = Owned(E); 11209 tryToRecoverWithCall(result, PDiag(diag::err_bound_member_function), 11210 /*complain*/ true); 11211 return result; 11212 } 11213 11214 // ARC unbridged casts. 11215 case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast: { 11216 Expr *realCast = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E); 11217 diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(realCast); 11218 return Owned(realCast); 11219 } 11220 11221 // Expressions of unknown type. 11222 case BuiltinType::UnknownAny: 11223 return diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(*this, E); 11224 11225 // Pseudo-objects. 11226 case BuiltinType::PseudoObject: 11227 return checkPseudoObjectRValue(E); 11228 11229 // Everything else should be impossible. 11230#define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) \ 11231 case BuiltinType::Id: 11232#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) 11233#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" 11234 break; 11235 } 11236 11237 llvm_unreachable("invalid placeholder type!"); 11238} 11239 11240bool Sema::CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E) { 11241 if (E->isTypeDependent()) 11242 return true; 11243 if (E->isValueDependent() || E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) 11244 return E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType(); 11245 return false; 11246} 11247 11248/// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 11249ExprResult 11250Sema::ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { 11251 assert((Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes || Kind == tok::kw___objc_no) && 11252 "Unknown Objective-C Boolean value!"); 11253 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes, 11254 Context.ObjCBuiltinBoolTy, OpLoc)); 11255} 11256